Mercurial > emacs
annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 27308:f12bf5a9aa21
*** empty log message ***
author | Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Wed, 12 Jan 2000 13:58:19 +0000 |
parents | 7e06ce5ebfe3 |
children | a9e8dcb78b6c |
rev | line source |
---|---|
25876 | 1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- define autoloads from other files |
2 | |
3 ;; Copyright (C) 1985,86,87,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
4 | |
5 ;; Maintainer: FSF | |
6 ;; Keywords: internal | |
7 | |
8 ;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
9 | |
10 ;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
11 ;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
12 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | |
13 ;; any later version. | |
14 | |
15 ;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
16 ;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
17 ;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
18 ;; GNU General Public License for more details. | |
19 | |
20 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
21 ;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
22 ;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, | |
23 ;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. | |
24 | |
25 ;;; ********************************************************************** | |
26 ;;; You should never need to write autoloads by hand and put them here. | |
27 ;;; | |
28 ;;; It is no longer necessary. Instead use autoload.el to maintain them | |
29 ;;; for you. Just insert ";;;###autoload" before defuns or defmacros you | |
30 ;;; want to be autoloaded, or other forms you want copied into loaddefs.el | |
31 ;;; (defvars, key definitions, etc.). For example, | |
32 ;;; ;;;###autoload | |
33 ;;; (defun foobar () ....) | |
34 ;;; ;;;###autoload (define-key global-map "f" 'foobar) | |
35 ;;; ;;;###autoload | |
36 ;;; (defvar foobar-var nil "\ | |
37 ;;; This is foobar-var's doc-string.") | |
38 ;;; | |
39 ;;; Then do M-x update-file-autoloads on the file to update loaddefs.el. | |
40 ;;; | |
41 ;;; You can also use M-x update-autoloads-from-directory to update the | |
42 ;;; autoloads in loaddefs.el for all .el files in the directory specified. | |
43 ;;; ********************************************************************** | |
44 | |
45 ;;; Generated autoloads follow (made by autoload.el). | |
46 | |
47 ;;; To sort them, execute the following after narrowing | |
48 ;;; to a region starting just after the following formfeed (control-l) | |
49 ;;; and ending just after the last formfeed in the file. | |
50 | |
51 ;;;(sort-regexp-fields nil "\n*.*\n.*from \\(.*\\)[^]*" "\\1" | |
52 ;;; (point-min) (point-max)) | |
53 | |
25998 | 54 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best |
55 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5" | |
56 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566)) | |
57 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el | |
58 | |
59 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\ | |
60 Play 5x5. | |
61 | |
62 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping | |
63 squares you must fill the grid. | |
64 | |
65 5x5 keyboard bindings are: | |
66 \\<5x5-mode-map> | |
67 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current] | |
68 Move up \\[5x5-up] | |
69 Move down \\[5x5-down] | |
70 Move left \\[5x5-left] | |
71 Move right \\[5x5-right] | |
72 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game] | |
73 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize] | |
74 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly] | |
75 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current] | |
76 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best] | |
77 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate] | |
78 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil) | |
79 | |
80 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\ | |
81 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil) | |
82 | |
83 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\ | |
84 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil) | |
85 | |
86 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\ | |
87 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil) | |
88 | |
89 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\ | |
90 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then | |
91 mutating the result." t nil) | |
92 | |
93 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\ | |
94 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5. | |
95 | |
96 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes | |
97 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current | |
98 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function | |
99 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil) | |
100 | |
101 ;;;*** | |
102 | |
103 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" | |
26724 | 104 ;;;;;; (14360 11474)) |
25876 | 105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el |
106 | |
25998 | 107 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\ |
26724 | 108 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files. |
109 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these | |
110 extensions. | |
111 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file | |
112 name" nil nil) | |
25998 | 113 |
25876 | 114 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\ |
115 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code. | |
116 | |
117 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.) | |
118 | |
119 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]' | |
120 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]' | |
121 | |
122 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]' | |
123 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]' | |
124 | |
125 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]' | |
126 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]' | |
127 | |
25998 | 128 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]' |
25876 | 129 |
130 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]' | |
131 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]' | |
132 | |
133 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]' | |
134 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]' | |
135 | |
136 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including: | |
137 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]' | |
138 Comment region '\\[comment-region]' | |
139 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]' | |
140 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]' | |
141 | |
142 If you use imenu.el: | |
143 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]' | |
144 | |
145 If you use find-file.el: | |
146 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]' | |
147 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file] | |
148 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]' | |
149 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window] | |
25998 | 150 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs. |
25876 | 151 |
152 If you use ada-xref.el: | |
153 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier | |
154 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier | |
25998 | 155 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil) |
156 | |
157 ;;;*** | |
158 | |
159 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" | |
26724 | 160 ;;;;;; (14360 11651)) |
25998 | 161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el |
162 | |
163 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\ | |
164 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil) | |
25876 | 165 |
166 ;;;*** | |
167 | |
168 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window | |
169 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name | |
170 ;;;;;; add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" | |
27016 | 171 ;;;;;; (14439 22994)) |
25876 | 172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el |
173 | |
174 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\ | |
175 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
176 This defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function.") | |
177 | |
178 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\ | |
179 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
180 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.") | |
181 | |
182 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\ | |
183 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil) | |
184 | |
185 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\ | |
186 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name. | |
187 | |
188 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use. | |
189 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
190 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog' | |
191 \(or whatever we use on this operating system). | |
192 | |
193 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then | |
194 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current | |
195 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. | |
196 | |
197 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the | |
198 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil) | |
199 | |
200 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\ | |
201 Find change log file and add an entry for today. | |
202 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
203 name and site. | |
204 | |
205 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'. | |
206 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window. | |
207 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front; | |
208 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together' | |
209 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created. | |
210 | |
211 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if | |
212 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil) | |
213 | |
214 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\ | |
215 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today. | |
216 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
217 name and site. | |
218 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log. | |
219 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'. | |
220 | |
221 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil) | |
222 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window) | |
223 | |
224 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\ | |
225 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode. | |
226 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74. | |
227 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window]. | |
228 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page. | |
229 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
230 | |
231 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\ | |
232 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
233 | |
234 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\ | |
235 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
236 | |
237 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\ | |
238 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
239 | |
240 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\ | |
241 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil. | |
242 | |
243 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...), | |
244 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran. | |
245 | |
246 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before | |
247 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or | |
248 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable | |
249 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'. | |
250 | |
251 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil) | |
252 | |
253 ;;;*** | |
254 | |
255 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action | |
26724 | 256 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410 |
257 ;;;;;; 19111)) | |
25876 | 258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el |
259 | |
260 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\ | |
261 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation. | |
262 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an | |
263 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated. | |
264 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new | |
265 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the | |
266 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard', | |
267 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but | |
268 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be | |
269 interpreted as `error'.") | |
270 | |
271 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\ | |
272 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation. | |
273 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will | |
274 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already | |
275 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the | |
26724 | 276 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will |
277 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the | |
25876 | 278 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.") |
279 | |
280 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 281 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS. |
25876 | 282 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified |
283 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value | |
284 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds | |
285 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest | |
286 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same | |
287 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice | |
288 will be overwritten with the new one. | |
26724 | 289 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be |
25876 | 290 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id |
291 will clear the cache." nil nil) | |
292 | |
293 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 294 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol). |
25876 | 295 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows: |
296 | |
297 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...) | |
298 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM] | |
299 BODY... ) | |
300 | |
301 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised. | |
302 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'. | |
303 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice. | |
304 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first', | |
305 see also `ad-add-advice'. | |
306 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function | |
307 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in | |
308 before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
309 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'. | |
310 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings. | |
311 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice. | |
312 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised | |
313 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
314 BODY ::= Any s-expression. | |
315 | |
316 Semantics of the various flags: | |
317 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in | |
318 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected | |
319 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion). | |
320 | |
321 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if | |
322 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'. | |
323 | |
324 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting | |
325 advised function should be compiled. | |
326 | |
26724 | 327 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used |
25876 | 328 during activation until somebody enables it. |
329 | |
330 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile | |
331 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current | |
332 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use | |
333 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled. | |
334 | |
335 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according | |
336 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved. | |
337 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of | |
338 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The | |
339 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file | |
340 during preloading. | |
341 | |
26724 | 342 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro)) |
25876 | 343 |
344 ;;;*** | |
345 | |
346 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" | |
26724 | 347 ;;;;;; "ange-ftp.el" (14367 2123)) |
25876 | 348 ;;; Generated autoloads from ange-ftp.el |
349 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir) | |
350 | |
351 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\ | |
352 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache. | |
353 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents | |
354 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs | |
355 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific | |
356 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil) | |
357 | |
358 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil) | |
359 | |
360 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
361 | |
362 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
363 | |
364 ;;;*** | |
365 | |
26724 | 366 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" |
27016 | 367 ;;;;;; (14431 34774)) |
26724 | 368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el |
369 | |
370 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
371 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files. | |
372 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil) | |
373 | |
374 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
375 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'. | |
376 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
377 | |
378 ;;;*** | |
379 | |
25876 | 380 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary |
381 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line | |
382 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message) | |
27016 | 383 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14432 37852)) |
25876 | 384 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el |
385 | |
386 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\ | |
387 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer. | |
388 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time | |
389 as the first thing on a line.") | |
390 | |
391 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\ | |
392 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.") | |
393 | |
394 (defvar appt-audible t "\ | |
395 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.") | |
396 | |
397 (defvar appt-visible t "\ | |
398 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.") | |
399 | |
400 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\ | |
401 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.") | |
402 | |
403 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\ | |
404 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.") | |
405 | |
406 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\ | |
407 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.") | |
408 | |
409 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\ | |
410 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen. | |
411 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.") | |
412 | |
413 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\ | |
414 Add an appointment for the day at TIME and issue MESSAGE. | |
415 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil) | |
416 | |
417 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\ | |
418 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil) | |
419 | |
420 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" nil nil nil) | |
421 | |
422 ;;;*** | |
423 | |
424 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command | |
26724 | 425 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14411 |
26899 | 426 ;;;;;; 46662)) |
25876 | 427 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el |
428 | |
26724 | 429 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\ |
430 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands. | |
431 | |
432 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil) | |
433 | |
25876 | 434 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\ |
435 Show user variables that match REGEXP. | |
436 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
437 normal variables." t nil) | |
438 | |
439 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command)) | |
440 | |
441 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\ | |
442 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP. | |
443 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
444 noninteractive functions. | |
445 | |
446 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that | |
447 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil) | |
448 | |
449 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\ | |
450 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP. | |
451 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound | |
452 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming. | |
453 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
454 | |
455 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\ | |
456 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP. | |
457 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks | |
458 at the function and at the names and values of properties. | |
459 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil) | |
460 | |
461 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\ | |
462 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP. | |
463 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use | |
464 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key | |
465 bindings. | |
466 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
467 | |
468 ;;;*** | |
469 | |
470 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14033 | |
25998 | 471 ;;;;;; 32602)) |
25876 | 472 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el |
473 | |
474 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\ | |
475 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way. | |
476 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
477 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
478 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer; | |
479 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer. | |
480 | |
481 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
482 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the | |
483 archive. | |
484 | |
485 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
486 | |
487 ;;;*** | |
488 | |
25998 | 489 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14281 34851)) |
25876 | 490 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el |
491 | |
492 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\ | |
493 Major mode for editing arrays. | |
494 | |
495 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is | |
496 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are | |
497 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers. | |
498 | |
499 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer. | |
500 | |
501 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time. | |
502 Setting the variable 'respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion, | |
503 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one. | |
504 | |
505 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of | |
506 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you | |
507 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer | |
508 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables. | |
509 The variables are: | |
510 | |
511 Variables you assign: | |
512 max-row: The number of rows in the array. | |
513 max-column: The number of columns in the array. | |
514 columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer. | |
515 field-width: The width of each field, in characters. | |
516 rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore | |
517 row numbers in the buffer. | |
518 | |
519 Variables which are calculated: | |
520 line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line. | |
521 lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row. | |
522 | |
523 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may | |
524 take a numeric prefix argument): | |
525 | |
526 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column. | |
527 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column. | |
528 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row. | |
529 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row. | |
530 | |
531 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right. | |
532 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left. | |
533 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below. | |
534 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above. | |
535 | |
536 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right. | |
537 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left. | |
538 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below. | |
539 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above. | |
540 | |
541 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column | |
542 between that of point and mark. | |
543 | |
544 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column. | |
545 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell. | |
546 | |
547 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array. | |
548 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array. | |
549 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and | |
550 newlines inside rows) | |
551 | |
552 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables. | |
553 | |
554 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
555 | |
556 ;;;*** | |
557 | |
25998 | 558 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286 |
559 ;;;;;; 393)) | |
25876 | 560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el |
561 | |
562 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\ | |
563 Major mode for editing typical assembler code. | |
564 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings: | |
565 | |
566 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop. | |
567 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop. | |
568 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop. | |
569 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments. | |
570 | |
571 The character used for making comments is set by the variable | |
572 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;'). | |
573 | |
574 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook', | |
575 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization. | |
576 | |
577 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization. | |
578 | |
579 Special commands: | |
580 \\{asm-mode-map} | |
581 " t nil) | |
582 | |
583 ;;;*** | |
584 | |
585 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el" | |
25998 | 586 ;;;;;; (14292 6861)) |
25876 | 587 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el |
588 | |
589 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 590 Obsolete.") |
25876 | 591 |
592 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\ | |
25998 | 593 This command is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 594 |
595 ;;;*** | |
596 | |
597 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert) | |
26724 | 598 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534)) |
25876 | 599 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el |
600 | |
601 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
602 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil. | |
603 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil) | |
604 | |
605 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
606 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'. | |
607 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION, | |
608 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil) | |
609 | |
610 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\ | |
26724 | 611 Toggle Auto-insert mode. |
612 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
613 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on). | |
614 | |
615 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can | |
25876 | 616 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil) |
617 | |
618 ;;;*** | |
619 | |
620 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories | |
621 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" | |
26724 | 622 ;;;;;; (14398 37513)) |
25876 | 623 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el |
624 | |
625 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
626 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file' | |
627 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil) | |
628 | |
629 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\ | |
630 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones. | |
631 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil) | |
632 | |
633 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
634 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode. | |
635 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil) | |
636 | |
637 ;;;*** | |
638 | |
639 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode | |
26899 | 640 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (14405 19084)) |
25876 | 641 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el |
642 | |
25998 | 643 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
644 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active. | |
645 | |
646 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' | |
647 instead.") | |
648 | |
25876 | 649 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
650 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes. | |
651 | |
652 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
653 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer. | |
654 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil) | |
655 | |
656 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
657 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode. | |
658 | |
659 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
660 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil) | |
661 | |
662 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
663 Revert any buffer when file on disk change. | |
664 | |
665 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive. | |
666 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers. | |
667 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil) | |
668 | |
669 ;;;*** | |
670 | |
25998 | 671 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "avoid.el" (14263 |
672 ;;;;;; 35271)) | |
25876 | 673 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el |
674 | |
675 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\ | |
676 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE. | |
677 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate', | |
678 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'. | |
679 | |
680 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish' | |
681 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated | |
682 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'. | |
683 | |
684 Effects of the different modes: | |
685 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress. | |
686 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close, | |
687 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way. | |
688 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse | |
689 a random distance & direction. | |
690 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion. | |
691 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'. | |
692 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too. | |
693 | |
694 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised. | |
695 | |
696 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\", | |
697 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for | |
698 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil) | |
699 | |
700 ;;;*** | |
701 | |
702 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (13549 | |
25998 | 703 ;;;;;; 39413)) |
25876 | 704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el |
705 | |
706 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\ | |
707 Major mode for editing AWK code. | |
708 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses | |
709 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing | |
710 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table. | |
711 | |
712 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook' | |
713 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
714 | |
715 ;;;*** | |
716 | |
717 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" | |
25998 | 718 ;;;;;; (13607 52347)) |
25876 | 719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el |
720 | |
721 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\ | |
722 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. | |
723 | |
724 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain | |
725 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. | |
726 | |
727 For example: | |
728 | |
729 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value | |
730 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote | |
731 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b | |
732 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b | |
733 | |
734 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro)) | |
735 | |
736 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote))) | |
737 | |
738 ;;;*** | |
739 | |
740 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el" | |
26899 | 741 ;;;;;; (14422 6607)) |
25876 | 742 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el |
743 | |
744 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\ | |
745 Display battery status information in the echo area. | |
26899 | 746 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables |
25876 | 747 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil) |
748 | |
749 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\ | |
750 Display battery status information in the mode line. | |
751 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables | |
752 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'. | |
753 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval' | |
754 seconds." t nil) | |
755 | |
756 ;;;*** | |
757 | |
26899 | 758 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14410 |
759 ;;;;;; 26437)) | |
25876 | 760 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el |
761 | |
762 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\ | |
763 Major mode for editing BibTeX files. | |
764 | |
765 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a | |
766 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
767 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
768 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the | |
769 message. | |
770 | |
771 | |
772 General information on working with BibTeX mode: | |
773 | |
774 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a | |
775 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using | |
776 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled | |
777 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry | |
778 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
779 | |
780 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable | |
781 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will | |
782 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries | |
783 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have | |
784 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new | |
785 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
786 | |
787 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function | |
788 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of | |
789 BibTeX mode. | |
790 | |
791 | |
792 Special information: | |
793 | |
794 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry. | |
795 | |
796 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX. | |
797 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT. | |
798 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT]. | |
799 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one. | |
800 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely. | |
801 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the | |
802 current field. | |
803 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field. | |
804 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}. | |
805 | |
806 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT | |
807 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required | |
808 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of | |
809 bibtex-entry-format. | |
810 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special | |
811 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad | |
812 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format. | |
813 | |
814 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field. | |
815 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field. | |
816 | |
817 The following may be of interest as well: | |
818 | |
819 Functions: | |
820 bibtex-entry | |
821 bibtex-kill-entry | |
822 bibtex-yank-pop | |
823 bibtex-pop-previous | |
824 bibtex-pop-next | |
825 bibtex-complete-string | |
826 bibtex-complete-key | |
827 bibtex-print-help-message | |
828 bibtex-generate-autokey | |
829 bibtex-beginning-of-entry | |
830 bibtex-end-of-entry | |
831 bibtex-reposition-window | |
832 bibtex-mark-entry | |
833 bibtex-ispell-abstract | |
834 bibtex-ispell-entry | |
835 bibtex-narrow-to-entry | |
836 bibtex-sort-buffer | |
837 bibtex-validate | |
838 bibtex-count | |
839 bibtex-fill-entry | |
840 bibtex-reformat | |
841 bibtex-convert-alien | |
842 | |
843 Variables: | |
844 bibtex-field-delimiters | |
845 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref | |
846 bibtex-include-OPTkey | |
847 bibtex-user-optional-fields | |
848 bibtex-entry-format | |
849 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries | |
850 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries | |
851 bibtex-entry-field-alist | |
852 bibtex-predefined-strings | |
853 bibtex-string-files | |
854 | |
855 --------------------------------------------------------- | |
856 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is | |
857 non-nil. | |
858 | |
859 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil) | |
860 | |
861 ;;;*** | |
862 | |
863 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229 | |
25998 | 864 ;;;;;; 27947)) |
25876 | 865 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el |
866 | |
867 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\ | |
868 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; | |
869 the default is 4. | |
870 | |
871 What is blackbox? | |
872 | |
873 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the | |
874 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several | |
875 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and | |
876 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of | |
877 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower | |
878 your score. | |
879 | |
880 Overview of play: | |
881 | |
882 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument | |
883 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is | |
884 four. | |
885 | |
886 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor | |
887 movement keys. | |
888 | |
889 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC. | |
890 The result will be determined and the playfield updated. | |
891 | |
892 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the | |
893 box and pressing \\[bb-romp]. | |
894 | |
895 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct, | |
896 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or | |
897 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and | |
898 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly | |
899 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be | |
900 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'. | |
901 | |
902 Details: | |
903 | |
904 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box: | |
905 | |
906 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than | |
907 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are | |
908 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the | |
909 ray went in, and the other where it came out. | |
910 | |
911 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place | |
912 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are | |
913 denoted by the letter `R'. | |
914 | |
915 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does | |
916 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are | |
917 denoted by the letter `H'. | |
918 | |
919 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by | |
920 example. | |
921 | |
922 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can | |
923 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes | |
924 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball. | |
925 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as | |
926 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit | |
927 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the | |
928 ray. | |
929 | |
930 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety | |
931 degree deflection it causes. | |
932 | |
933 1 | |
934 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
935 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
936 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O - | |
937 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - - | |
938 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - - | |
939 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - - | |
940 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - - | |
941 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O - | |
942 2 3 | |
943 | |
944 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point | |
945 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways: | |
946 | |
947 | |
948 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
949 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
950 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - - | |
951 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - - | |
952 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
953 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
954 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
955 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
956 | |
957 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper | |
958 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to | |
959 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third | |
960 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the | |
961 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray | |
962 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately | |
963 emerging from the box. | |
964 | |
965 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball: | |
966 | |
967 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
968 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - | |
969 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - - | |
970 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - - | |
971 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - - | |
972 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
973 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
974 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
975 | |
976 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of | |
977 a reflection." t nil) | |
978 | |
979 ;;;*** | |
980 | |
981 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate | |
982 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list | |
983 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete | |
984 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location | |
985 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" | |
26963 | 986 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14419 37278)) |
25876 | 987 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el |
988 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) | |
989 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) | |
990 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list) | |
991 | |
992 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\ | |
993 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions. | |
994 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it | |
995 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a | |
996 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark | |
997 functions have a binding in this keymap.") | |
998 | |
999 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map)) | |
1000 | |
1001 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1002 | |
1003 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1004 | |
1005 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1006 | |
1007 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1008 | |
1009 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert)) | |
1010 | |
1011 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks)) | |
1012 | |
1013 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1014 | |
1015 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename)) | |
1016 | |
1017 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete)) | |
1018 | |
1019 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load)) | |
1020 | |
1021 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write)) | |
1022 | |
1023 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save)) | |
1024 | |
1025 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save))))) | |
1026 | |
1027 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\ | |
1028 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file. | |
1029 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted. | |
1030 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name | |
1031 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\" | |
1032 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set | |
1033 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time, | |
1034 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most | |
1035 recent one. | |
1036 | |
1037 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the | |
1038 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's | |
1039 yank successive words. | |
1040 | |
1041 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer | |
1042 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress | |
1043 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the | |
1044 name of the file being visited. | |
1045 | |
1046 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name, | |
1047 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from | |
1048 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil) | |
1049 | |
1050 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1051 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1052 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1053 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1054 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1055 this. | |
1056 | |
1057 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked | |
1058 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump | |
1059 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place | |
1060 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil) | |
1061 | |
1062 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1063 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer). | |
1064 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of | |
1065 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed | |
1066 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil) | |
1067 | |
1068 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\ | |
1069 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1070 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the | |
1071 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil) | |
1072 | |
1073 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1074 | |
1075 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1076 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. | |
1077 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from | |
1078 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW. | |
1079 | |
1080 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an | |
1081 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You | |
1082 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp. | |
1083 | |
1084 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1085 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1086 name." t nil) | |
1087 | |
1088 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1089 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1090 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1091 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1092 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1093 this." t nil) | |
1094 | |
1095 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1096 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list. | |
1097 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1098 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1099 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1100 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1101 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer, | |
1102 probably because we were called from there." t nil) | |
1103 | |
1104 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\ | |
1105 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer). | |
1106 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil) | |
1107 | |
1108 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\ | |
1109 Save currently defined bookmarks. | |
1110 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable | |
1111 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE | |
1112 \(second argument). | |
1113 | |
1114 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG | |
1115 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then | |
1116 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE | |
1117 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the | |
1118 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in. | |
1119 | |
1120 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use | |
1121 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you | |
1122 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable | |
1123 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil) | |
1124 | |
1125 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\ | |
1126 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format). | |
1127 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If | |
1128 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are | |
1129 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages | |
1130 while loading. | |
1131 | |
1132 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you | |
1133 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load | |
1134 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first | |
1135 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is | |
1136 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it | |
1137 explicitly. | |
1138 | |
1139 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as | |
1140 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get | |
1141 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same | |
1142 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil) | |
1143 | |
1144 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\ | |
1145 Display a list of existing bookmarks. | |
1146 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'. | |
1147 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for | |
1148 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil) | |
1149 | |
1150 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1151 | |
1152 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1153 | |
1154 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1155 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1156 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1157 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1158 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1159 this. | |
1160 | |
1161 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1162 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1163 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1164 | |
1165 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1166 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1167 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1168 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1169 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1170 this. | |
1171 | |
1172 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1173 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1174 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1175 | |
1176 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1177 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1178 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file). | |
1179 | |
1180 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1181 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1182 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1183 | |
1184 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1185 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME. | |
1186 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME. | |
1187 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and | |
1188 prompts for NEWNAME. | |
1189 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was | |
1190 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting | |
1191 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp. | |
1192 | |
1193 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1194 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1195 name. | |
1196 | |
1197 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1198 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1199 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1200 | |
1201 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1202 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list. | |
1203 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1204 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1205 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1206 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1207 | |
1208 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1209 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1210 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1211 | |
1212 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions")) | |
1213 | |
1214 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map))) | |
1215 | |
1216 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) | |
1217 | |
1218 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) | |
1219 | |
1220 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) | |
1221 | |
1222 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) | |
1223 | |
1224 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))) | |
1225 | |
1226 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))) | |
1227 | |
1228 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))) | |
1229 | |
1230 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))) | |
1231 | |
1232 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) | |
1233 | |
1234 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))) | |
1235 | |
1236 ;;;*** | |
1237 | |
1238 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm | |
1239 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit | |
1240 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail | |
1241 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse | |
1242 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file | |
1243 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program | |
1244 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p | |
1245 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "browse-url.el" | |
26724 | 1246 ;;;;;; (14345 52902)) |
25876 | 1247 ;;; Generated autoloads from browse-url.el |
1248 | |
1249 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\ | |
1250 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser. | |
1251 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and | |
1252 `browse-url-of-file' commands. | |
1253 | |
1254 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs | |
1255 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one | |
1256 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The | |
1257 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last | |
1258 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.") | |
1259 | |
1260 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\ | |
1261 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers. | |
1262 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser | |
1263 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version | |
1264 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.") | |
1265 | |
1266 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\ | |
1267 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.") | |
1268 | |
1269 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\ | |
1270 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file. | |
1271 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.") | |
1272 | |
1273 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\ | |
1274 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.") | |
1275 | |
1276 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1277 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE. | |
1278 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called | |
1279 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function | |
1280 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the | |
1281 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil) | |
1282 | |
1283 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\ | |
1284 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER. | |
1285 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the | |
1286 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is | |
1287 narrowed." t nil) | |
1288 | |
1289 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1290 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil) | |
1291 | |
1292 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\ | |
1293 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil) | |
1294 | |
1295 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\ | |
1296 Ask a WWW browser to load URL. | |
1297 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable | |
1298 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1299 | |
1300 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\ | |
1301 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point. | |
1302 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable | |
1303 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1304 | |
1305 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\ | |
1306 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse. | |
1307 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click | |
1308 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like | |
1309 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser | |
1310 to use." t nil) | |
1311 | |
1312 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\ | |
1313 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL. | |
1314 | |
1315 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1316 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape. | |
1317 | |
1318 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1319 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a | |
1320 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1321 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1322 | |
1323 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1324 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1325 | |
1326 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1327 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1328 | |
1329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1330 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the | |
1331 program is invoked according to the variable | |
1332 `browse-url-mosaic-program'. | |
1333 | |
1334 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1335 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a | |
1336 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1337 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1338 | |
1339 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1340 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1341 | |
1342 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\ | |
1343 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'. | |
1344 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.") | |
1345 | |
1346 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1347 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL. | |
1348 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the | |
1349 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil) | |
1350 | |
1351 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\ | |
1352 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1353 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1354 | |
1355 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must | |
1356 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the | |
1357 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'. | |
1358 | |
1359 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1360 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a | |
1361 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1362 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1363 | |
1364 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1365 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1366 | |
1367 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1368 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1369 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1370 | |
1371 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\ | |
1372 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL. | |
1373 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1374 | |
1375 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1376 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive | |
1377 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1378 | |
1379 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1380 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1381 | |
1382 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\ | |
1383 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser. | |
1384 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by | |
1385 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1386 | |
1387 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1388 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1389 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run | |
1390 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program' | |
1391 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil) | |
1392 | |
1393 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\ | |
1394 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1395 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run | |
1396 a new Lynx process in a new buffer. | |
1397 | |
1398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1399 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window, | |
1400 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1401 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1402 | |
1403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1405 | |
1406 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1407 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL. | |
1408 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1409 | |
1410 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1411 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs. | |
1412 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the | |
1413 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1414 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the | |
1415 current one. | |
1416 | |
1417 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1418 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A | |
1419 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of | |
1420 `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1421 | |
1422 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1423 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1424 | |
1425 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1426 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL. | |
1427 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the | |
1428 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments | |
1429 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which | |
1430 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil) | |
1431 | |
1432 ;;;*** | |
1433 | |
1434 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607 | |
25998 | 1435 ;;;;;; 42538)) |
25876 | 1436 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el |
1437 | |
1438 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\ | |
1439 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
1440 | |
1441 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\ | |
1442 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
1443 | |
1444 ;;;*** | |
1445 | |
27016 | 1446 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next) |
1447 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14440 44552)) | |
1448 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el | |
1449 | |
1450 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\ | |
1451 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1452 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1453 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1454 | |
1455 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\ | |
1456 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1457 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1458 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1459 | |
1460 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\ | |
1461 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil) | |
1462 | |
1463 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\ | |
1464 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself. | |
1465 \\<bs-mode-map> | |
1466 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for | |
1467 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself. | |
1468 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer | |
1469 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC] | |
1470 | |
1471 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection. | |
1472 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available. | |
1473 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function | |
1474 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly | |
1475 name of buffer configuration." t nil) | |
1476 | |
1477 ;;;*** | |
1478 | |
25876 | 1479 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile |
1480 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file | |
1481 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" | |
27016 | 1482 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14432 37858)) |
25876 | 1483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el |
1484 | |
1485 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1486 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file. | |
1487 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil) | |
1488 | |
1489 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1490 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation. | |
1491 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file. | |
1492 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. | |
1493 | |
1494 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled. | |
1495 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user, | |
1496 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means | |
1497 don't ask and compile the file anyway. | |
1498 | |
1499 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory. | |
1500 | |
1501 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, | |
1502 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil) | |
1503 | |
1504 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1505 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code. | |
1506 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME. | |
1507 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling. | |
1508 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil) | |
1509 | |
1510 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1511 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form. | |
1512 Print the result in the minibuffer. | |
1513 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil) | |
1514 | |
1515 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1516 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition. | |
1517 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil) | |
1518 | |
1519 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1520 Display a call graph of a specified file. | |
1521 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called | |
1522 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions | |
1523 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as | |
1524 all functions called by those functions. | |
1525 | |
1526 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or | |
1527 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq, | |
1528 cons, etc.). | |
1529 | |
1530 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called | |
1531 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be | |
1532 invoked interactively." t nil) | |
1533 | |
1534 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1535 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
1536 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
1537 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
1538 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
1539 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil) | |
1540 | |
1541 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1542 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line. | |
1543 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion. | |
1544 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil) | |
1545 | |
1546 ;;;*** | |
1547 | |
1548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822)) | |
1549 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el | |
1550 | |
1551 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1552 | |
1553 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1554 | |
1555 ;;;*** | |
1556 | |
1557 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" | |
25998 | 1558 ;;;;;; (13997 6729)) |
25876 | 1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el |
1560 | |
1561 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\ | |
1562 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR. | |
1563 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken | |
1564 from the cursor position." t nil) | |
1565 | |
1566 ;;;*** | |
1567 | |
1568 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays | |
1569 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays | |
1570 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks | |
1571 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook | |
1572 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook | |
1573 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form | |
1574 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style | |
1575 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string | |
1576 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol | |
25998 | 1577 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook |
1578 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook | |
1579 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays | |
1580 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially | |
26724 | 1581 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar |
1582 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset | |
1583 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" | |
26899 | 1584 ;;;;;; (14393 15630)) |
25876 | 1585 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el |
1586 | |
1587 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\ | |
1588 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins. | |
1589 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.") | |
1590 | |
1591 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\ | |
1592 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window. | |
1593 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left, | |
1594 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off | |
1595 the screen.") | |
1596 | |
1597 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\ | |
1598 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry. | |
1599 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed, | |
1600 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed | |
1601 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.") | |
1602 | |
1603 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\ | |
1604 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially. | |
1605 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used, | |
1606 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For | |
1607 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary | |
1608 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current | |
1609 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed. | |
1610 | |
1611 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value | |
1612 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries | |
1613 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday, | |
1614 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only | |
1615 Saturday's entries on Saturday. | |
1616 | |
1617 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command | |
1618 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the | |
1619 number of days of diary entries displayed.") | |
1620 | |
1621 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\ | |
1622 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window. | |
1623 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.") | |
1624 | |
26724 | 1625 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\ |
1626 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed. | |
1627 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.") | |
1628 | |
25876 | 1629 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\ |
1630 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry. | |
1631 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first | |
1632 displayed.") | |
1633 | |
1634 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\ | |
1635 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window. | |
1636 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.") | |
1637 | |
1638 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1639 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar. | |
1640 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1641 | |
1642 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.") | |
1643 | |
1644 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1645 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar. | |
1646 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1647 | |
1648 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian | |
1649 calendar.") | |
1650 | |
1651 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1652 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar. | |
1653 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1654 | |
1655 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic | |
1656 calendar.") | |
1657 | |
1658 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\ | |
1659 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded. | |
1660 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.") | |
1661 | |
1662 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\ | |
1663 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened. | |
1664 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but | |
1665 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command | |
1666 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.") | |
1667 | |
1668 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
1669 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible. | |
1670 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a | |
1671 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose: | |
1672 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date) | |
1673 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker'; | |
1674 a function is also provided for this: | |
1675 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today) | |
1676 | |
1677 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
1678 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
1679 date is not visible in the window. | |
1680 | |
1681 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
1682 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
1683 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
1684 | |
1685 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
1686 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible. | |
1687 | |
1688 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
1689 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
1690 date is visible in the window. | |
1691 | |
1692 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
1693 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
1694 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
1695 | |
25998 | 1696 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\ |
1697 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar. | |
1698 | |
26724 | 1699 For example, |
25998 | 1700 |
1701 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1))) | |
1702 | |
1703 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.") | |
1704 | |
25876 | 1705 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\ |
1706 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept. | |
1707 | |
1708 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms | |
1709 | |
1710 MONTH/DAY | |
1711 MONTH/DAY/YEAR | |
1712 MONTHNAME DAY | |
1713 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR | |
1714 DAYNAME | |
1715 | |
1716 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry | |
1717 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is | |
1718 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits. | |
1719 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year. | |
1720 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week. | |
1721 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three | |
1722 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY, | |
1723 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year, | |
1724 respectively. | |
1725 | |
1726 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used | |
1727 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set | |
1728 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are | |
1729 | |
1730 DAY/MONTH | |
1731 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
1732 DAY MONTHNAME | |
1733 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
1734 DAYNAME | |
1735 | |
1736 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute | |
1737 `american-calendar' in the calendar. | |
1738 | |
1739 A diary entry can be preceded by the character | |
1740 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry | |
1741 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar | |
1742 window but will appear in a diary window. | |
1743 | |
1744 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with | |
1745 either a TAB or one or more spaces. | |
1746 | |
1747 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary | |
1748 entries (in the default American style): | |
1749 | |
1750 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!! | |
1751 &1/1. Happy New Year! | |
1752 10/22 Ruth's birthday. | |
1753 21: Payday | |
1754 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am | |
1755 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend. | |
1756 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!! | |
1757 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd. | |
1758 mar 16 Dad's birthday | |
1759 April 15, 1989 Income tax due. | |
1760 &* 15 time cards due. | |
1761 | |
1762 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with | |
1763 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the | |
1764 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the | |
1765 single diary entry | |
1766 | |
1767 02/11/1989 | |
1768 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today | |
1769 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting | |
1770 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative' | |
1771 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden | |
1772 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan | |
1773 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School | |
1774 | |
1775 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This | |
1776 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if | |
1777 used with more than one day's entries displayed. | |
1778 | |
1779 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry | |
1780 | |
1781 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation | |
1782 | |
1783 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November | |
1784 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary', | |
1785 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', | |
1786 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date', | |
1787 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date', | |
1788 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', | |
1789 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', | |
1790 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function | |
1791 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details. | |
1792 | |
1793 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also | |
1794 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored | |
1795 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the | |
1796 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation | |
1797 for these functions for details. | |
1798 | |
1799 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for | |
1800 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
1801 | |
1802 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\ | |
1803 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.") | |
1804 | |
1805 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\ | |
1806 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.") | |
1807 | |
1808 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\ | |
1809 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.") | |
1810 | |
1811 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\ | |
1812 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries. | |
1813 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.") | |
1814 | |
1815 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\ | |
1816 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file. | |
1817 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.") | |
1818 | |
1819 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\ | |
1820 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD. | |
1821 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars. | |
1822 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.") | |
1823 | |
1824 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\ | |
1825 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays. | |
1826 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1, | |
1827 1990. The accepted European date styles are | |
1828 | |
1829 DAY/MONTH | |
1830 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
1831 DAY MONTHNAME | |
1832 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
1833 DAYNAME | |
1834 | |
1835 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three | |
1836 characters with or without a period.") | |
1837 | |
1838 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ | |
1839 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used. | |
1840 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
1841 | |
25998 | 1842 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ |
25876 | 1843 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used. |
1844 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
1845 | |
1846 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\ | |
1847 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style. | |
1848 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.") | |
1849 | |
1850 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\ | |
1851 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style. | |
1852 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") | |
1853 | |
1854 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\ | |
1855 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared. | |
1856 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary | |
1857 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for | |
1858 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer | |
1859 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.") | |
1860 | |
1861 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
1862 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries. | |
1863 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file. | |
1864 | |
1865 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of | |
1866 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together | |
1867 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
1868 of the form | |
1869 | |
1870 #include \"filename\" | |
1871 | |
1872 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
1873 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing | |
1874 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files' | |
1875 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
1876 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'. | |
1877 | |
1878 For example, you could use | |
1879 | |
1880 (setq list-diary-entries-hook | |
1881 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries)) | |
1882 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display) | |
1883 | |
1884 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with | |
1885 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into | |
1886 lexicographic order.") | |
1887 | |
1888 (defvar diary-hook nil "\ | |
1889 *List of functions called after the display of the diary. | |
1890 Can be used for appointment notification.") | |
1891 | |
1892 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\ | |
1893 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary. | |
1894 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no | |
1895 diary display. | |
1896 | |
1897 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in | |
1898 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these | |
1899 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order | |
1900 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR) | |
1901 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be | |
1902 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with | |
1903 holidays), or produce hard copy output. | |
1904 | |
1905 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative | |
1906 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary | |
1907 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement | |
1908 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the | |
1909 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy | |
1910 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even | |
1911 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy | |
1912 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.") | |
1913 | |
1914 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\ | |
1915 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files. | |
1916 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
1917 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
1918 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
1919 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
1920 | |
1921 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
1922 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar. | |
1923 | |
1924 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the | |
1925 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together | |
1926 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
1927 of the form | |
1928 #include \"filename\" | |
1929 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
1930 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the | |
1931 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as | |
1932 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
1933 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
1934 | |
1935 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\ | |
1936 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files. | |
1937 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
1938 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
1939 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
1940 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
1941 | |
1942 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\ | |
1943 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries. | |
1944 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they | |
1945 are holidays.") | |
1946 | |
1947 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\ | |
1948 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display. | |
1949 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the | |
1950 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions | |
1951 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.") | |
1952 | |
1953 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1954 | |
1955 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\ | |
1956 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States. | |
1957 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1958 | |
1959 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1960 | |
1961 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\ | |
1962 *Oriental holidays. | |
1963 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1964 | |
1965 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1966 | |
1967 (defvar local-holidays nil "\ | |
1968 *Local holidays. | |
1969 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1970 | |
1971 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1972 | |
1973 (defvar other-holidays nil "\ | |
1974 *User defined holidays. | |
1975 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1976 | |
1977 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1978 | |
1979 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))) | |
1980 | |
1981 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1982 | |
1983 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))) | |
1984 | |
1985 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1986 | |
1987 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))) | |
1988 | |
1989 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1990 | |
1991 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))) | |
1992 | |
1993 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1994 | |
1995 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\ | |
1996 *Jewish holidays. | |
1997 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
1998 | |
1999 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2000 | |
2001 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\ | |
2002 *Christian holidays. | |
2003 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2004 | |
2005 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2006 | |
2007 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\ | |
2008 *Islamic holidays. | |
2009 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2010 | |
2011 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2012 | |
2013 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\ | |
2014 *Sun-related holidays. | |
2015 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2016 | |
2017 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2018 | |
2019 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\ | |
2020 The frame set up of the calendar. | |
2021 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate, | |
2022 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated | |
2023 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with | |
2024 any other value the current frame is used.") | |
2025 | |
2026 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\ | |
2027 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays. | |
2028 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil) | |
2029 | |
2030 ;;;*** | |
2031 | |
26899 | 2032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 59474)) |
25876 | 2033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el |
2034 | |
2035 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2036 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.") | |
2037 | |
2038 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2039 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.") | |
2040 | |
2041 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2042 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.") | |
2043 | |
2044 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2045 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.") | |
2046 | |
2047 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2048 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.") | |
2049 | |
2050 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2051 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.") | |
2052 | |
2053 ;;;*** | |
2054 | |
2055 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode | |
2056 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" | |
26899 | 2057 ;;;;;; (14419 59475)) |
25876 | 2058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el |
2059 | |
2060 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil) | |
2061 | |
2062 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2063 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code. | |
2064 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2065 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version | |
2066 information already added. You just need to add a description of the | |
2067 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message. | |
2068 | |
2069 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2070 | |
2071 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is | |
2072 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is | |
2073 run first. | |
2074 | |
2075 Key bindings: | |
2076 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2077 | |
2078 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2079 Major mode for editing C++ code. | |
2080 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2081 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2082 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2083 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2084 message. | |
2085 | |
2086 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2087 | |
2088 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2089 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2090 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2091 | |
2092 Key bindings: | |
2093 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2094 | |
2095 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2096 Major mode for editing Objective C code. | |
2097 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2098 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2099 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2100 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2101 message. | |
2102 | |
2103 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2104 | |
2105 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2106 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' | |
2107 is run first. | |
2108 | |
2109 Key bindings: | |
2110 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2111 | |
2112 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2113 Major mode for editing Java code. | |
2114 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2115 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2116 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2117 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the | |
2118 message. | |
2119 | |
2120 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2121 | |
2122 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2123 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2124 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically | |
2125 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you | |
2126 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'. | |
2127 | |
2128 Key bindings: | |
2129 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2130 | |
2131 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2132 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code. | |
2133 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2134 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2135 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2136 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2137 message. | |
2138 | |
2139 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2140 | |
2141 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2142 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2143 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2144 | |
2145 Key bindings: | |
2146 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2147 | |
2148 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2149 Major mode for editing Pike code. | |
2150 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2151 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2152 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2153 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2154 message. | |
2155 | |
2156 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2157 | |
2158 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2159 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2160 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2161 | |
2162 Key bindings: | |
2163 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2164 | |
2165 ;;;*** | |
2166 | |
2167 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles" | |
26899 | 2168 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 59471)) |
25876 | 2169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el |
2170 | |
2171 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2172 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles. | |
2173 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of | |
2174 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable | |
2175 for details of setting up styles. | |
2176 | |
2177 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current | |
26899 | 2178 style name. |
2179 | |
2180 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables | |
2181 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of | |
2182 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the | |
2183 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style' | |
2184 will be reassigned. | |
2185 | |
2186 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial | |
2187 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is | |
2188 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil) | |
25876 | 2189 |
2190 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2191 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one. | |
2192 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is | |
2193 an association list describing the style and must be of the form: | |
2194 | |
2195 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...]) | |
2196 | |
2197 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE, | |
2198 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to | |
2199 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil) | |
2200 | |
2201 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2202 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'. | |
2203 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new | |
26899 | 2204 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used |
2205 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil) | |
2206 | |
2207 ;;;*** | |
2208 | |
2209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 59473)) | |
25876 | 2210 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el |
2211 | |
2212 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\ | |
2213 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using. | |
2214 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different | |
2215 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current | |
2216 supported list, along with the values for this variable: | |
2217 | |
26899 | 2218 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit) |
2219 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit) | |
25876 | 2220 |
2221 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list: | |
2222 `infodock'.") | |
2223 | |
2224 ;;;*** | |
2225 | |
2226 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program | |
2227 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el" | |
25998 | 2228 ;;;;;; (14236 19568)) |
25876 | 2229 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el |
2230 | |
2231 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\ | |
2232 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil) | |
2233 | |
2234 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\ | |
2235 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil) | |
2236 | |
2237 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2238 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. | |
2239 | |
2240 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of | |
2241 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not | |
2242 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, | |
2243 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before | |
2244 execution. | |
2245 | |
2246 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro)) | |
2247 | |
2248 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2249 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
2250 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'. | |
2251 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro)) | |
2252 | |
2253 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2254 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
2255 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return | |
2256 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. | |
2257 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, | |
2258 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro)) | |
2259 | |
2260 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\ | |
2261 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. | |
2262 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil) | |
2263 | |
2264 ;;;*** | |
2265 | |
2266 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments | |
2267 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text | |
2268 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive | |
2269 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun | |
2270 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces | |
2271 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer | |
2272 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive | |
2273 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" | |
26963 | 2274 ;;;;;; (14412 8749)) |
25876 | 2275 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el |
2276 | |
2277 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2278 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors. | |
2279 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which | |
2280 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil) | |
2281 | |
2282 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2283 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors. | |
2284 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2285 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2286 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2287 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2288 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2289 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2290 | |
2291 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2292 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors. | |
2293 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2294 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2295 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2296 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2297 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2298 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2299 | |
2300 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2301 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer. | |
2302 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that | |
2303 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue | |
2304 spacing are all verified." t nil) | |
2305 | |
2306 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2307 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces. | |
2308 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES), | |
2309 store all errors found in a warnings buffer, | |
2310 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil) | |
2311 | |
2312 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2313 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors. | |
2314 Only documentation strings are checked. | |
2315 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed. | |
2316 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into | |
2317 a separate buffer." t nil) | |
2318 | |
2319 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2320 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error. | |
2321 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and | |
2322 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT | |
2323 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil) | |
2324 | |
2325 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2326 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file. | |
2327 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
2328 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
2329 if there is one. | |
2330 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil) | |
2331 | |
2332 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2333 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text. | |
2334 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil) | |
2335 | |
2336 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2337 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation. | |
2338 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the | |
2339 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display | |
2340 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil) | |
2341 | |
2342 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2343 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point. | |
2344 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is | |
2345 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead. | |
2346 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white | |
2347 space at the end of each line." t nil) | |
2348 | |
2349 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2350 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively. | |
2351 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2352 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil) | |
2353 | |
2354 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2355 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2356 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2357 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil) | |
2358 | |
2359 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2360 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively. | |
2361 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2362 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil) | |
2363 | |
2364 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2365 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2366 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2367 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil) | |
2368 | |
2369 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2370 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2371 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2372 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil) | |
2373 | |
2374 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2375 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2376 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2377 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil) | |
2378 | |
2379 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2380 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point. | |
2381 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2382 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil) | |
2383 | |
2384 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2385 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments. | |
2386 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2387 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil) | |
2388 | |
2389 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2390 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell. | |
2391 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2392 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil) | |
2393 | |
2394 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2395 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings. | |
2396 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
2397 | |
2398 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is | |
2399 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include | |
2400 checking of documentation strings. | |
2401 | |
2402 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil) | |
2403 | |
2404 ;;;*** | |
2405 | |
2406 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer | |
2407 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment | |
2408 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" | |
25998 | 2409 ;;;;;; (13774 37678)) |
25876 | 2410 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el |
2411 | |
2412 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\ | |
2413 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil) | |
2414 | |
2415 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\ | |
2416 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil) | |
2417 | |
2418 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\ | |
2419 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil) | |
2420 | |
2421 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
2422 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region. | |
2423 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
2424 | |
2425 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
2426 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil) | |
2427 | |
2428 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
2429 Encode the text in the current region to HZ. | |
2430 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
2431 | |
2432 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
2433 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil) | |
2434 | |
2435 ;;;*** | |
2436 | |
2437 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) | |
25998 | 2438 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (13569 33907)) |
25876 | 2439 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el |
2440 | |
2441 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\ | |
2442 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN. | |
2443 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select | |
2444 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the | |
2445 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for | |
2446 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil) | |
2447 | |
2448 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\ | |
2449 List history of commands typed to minibuffer. | |
2450 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
2451 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history | |
2452 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list. | |
2453 | |
2454 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil) | |
2455 | |
2456 (autoload (quote command-history-mode) "chistory" "\ | |
2457 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'. | |
2458 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
2459 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil. | |
2460 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line. | |
2461 | |
2462 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion | |
2463 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent. | |
2464 \\{command-history-map} | |
2465 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil. | |
2466 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil) | |
2467 | |
2468 ;;;*** | |
2469 | |
27016 | 2470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14432 37868)) |
25876 | 2471 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el |
2472 | |
2473 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\ | |
2474 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing. | |
2475 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the | |
2476 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to | |
2477 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the | |
2478 printer proceeds to the next function on the list. | |
2479 | |
2480 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that | |
2481 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.") | |
2482 | |
2483 ;;;*** | |
2484 | |
2485 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" | |
26899 | 2486 ;;;;;; (14344 26818)) |
25876 | 2487 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el |
2488 | |
2489 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil) | |
2490 | |
2491 ;;;*** | |
2492 | |
2493 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" | |
26724 | 2494 ;;;;;; (14368 26241)) |
25876 | 2495 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el |
2496 | |
2497 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\ | |
2498 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor. | |
2499 Normally display output in temp buffer, but | |
2500 prefix arg means replace the region with it. | |
2501 | |
2502 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use. | |
2503 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include') | |
2504 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil. | |
2505 | |
2506 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST. | |
2507 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil) | |
2508 | |
2509 ;;;*** | |
2510 | |
2511 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (13569 | |
25998 | 2512 ;;;;;; 34340)) |
25876 | 2513 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el |
2514 | |
2515 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\ | |
2516 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*. | |
2517 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer. | |
2518 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
2519 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' | |
2520 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
2521 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
2522 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*") | |
2523 | |
2524 ;;;*** | |
2525 | |
2526 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage | |
2527 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) | |
25998 | 2528 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038)) |
25876 | 2529 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el |
2530 | |
2531 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2532 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME | |
2533 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit | |
2534 ASCII table. | |
2535 | |
2536 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-, | |
2537 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding | |
2538 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the | |
2539 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil) | |
2540 | |
2541 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2542 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE. | |
2543 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2544 | |
2545 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2546 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE. | |
2547 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2548 | |
2549 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2550 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE. | |
2551 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2552 | |
2553 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\ | |
2554 Return an alist of supported codepages. | |
2555 | |
2556 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the | |
2557 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match | |
2558 for the character set supported by that codepage. | |
2559 | |
2560 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists, | |
2561 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil) | |
2562 | |
2563 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\ | |
2564 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE. | |
2565 | |
2566 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII | |
2567 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files | |
2568 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil) | |
2569 | |
2570 ;;;*** | |
2571 | |
26724 | 2572 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list |
2573 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command | |
26899 | 2574 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14411 62961)) |
25876 | 2575 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el |
2576 | |
2577 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\ | |
2578 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
2579 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
2580 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
2581 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
2582 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
2583 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
2584 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
2585 | |
2586 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
2587 | |
2588 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\ | |
2589 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it. | |
2590 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s. | |
2591 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any | |
2592 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer. | |
2593 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil) | |
2594 | |
26724 | 2595 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\ |
2596 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
2597 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
2598 | |
2599 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
2600 | |
2601 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\ | |
2602 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
2603 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
2604 | |
2605 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
2606 | |
2607 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\ | |
2608 Send COMMAND to current process. | |
2609 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. | |
26899 | 2610 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 2611 |
2612 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\ | |
2613 Send COMMAND to PROCESS. | |
2614 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. | |
26899 | 2615 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 2616 |
25876 | 2617 ;;;*** |
2618 | |
2619 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220 | |
25998 | 2620 ;;;;;; 18289)) |
25876 | 2621 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el |
2622 | |
2623 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\ | |
2624 Compare text in current window with text in next window. | |
2625 Compares the text starting at point in each window, | |
2626 moving over text in each one as far as they match. | |
2627 | |
2628 This command pushes the mark in each window | |
2629 at the prior location of point in that window. | |
2630 If both windows display the same buffer, | |
2631 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer: | |
2632 first in the other window, then in the selected window. | |
2633 | |
2634 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. | |
2635 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped. | |
2636 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil) | |
2637 | |
2638 ;;;*** | |
2639 | |
2640 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode | |
2641 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path | |
2642 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) | |
27016 | 2643 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14440 46010)) |
25876 | 2644 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el |
2645 | |
2646 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\ | |
2647 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').") | |
2648 | |
2649 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\ | |
2650 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.") | |
2651 | |
2652 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\ | |
2653 *Function to call to customize the compilation process. | |
2654 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is | |
2655 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used | |
2656 while processing the output of the compilation process.") | |
2657 | |
2658 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\ | |
2659 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer. | |
2660 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the | |
2661 compilation buffer. It should return a string. | |
2662 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.") | |
2663 | |
2664 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\ | |
2665 Function to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
2666 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string | |
2667 describing how the process finished.") | |
2668 | |
2669 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\ | |
2670 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
2671 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, | |
2672 and a string describing how the process finished.") | |
2673 | |
2674 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\ | |
26724 | 2675 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling. |
25876 | 2676 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.") |
2677 | |
2678 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\ | |
2679 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages. | |
2680 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories. | |
2681 nil as an element means to try the default directory.") | |
2682 | |
2683 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\ | |
2684 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'. | |
2685 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously | |
2686 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'. | |
2687 | |
2688 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message | |
2689 and move to the source code that caused it. | |
2690 | |
2691 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is | |
2692 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts. | |
2693 | |
2694 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the | |
2695 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer]. | |
2696 Then start the next one. | |
2697 | |
2698 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by | |
2699 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that | |
2700 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil) | |
2701 | |
2702 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\ | |
2703 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. | |
2704 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), | |
2705 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines | |
2706 where grep found matches. | |
2707 | |
2708 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
2709 easily repeat a grep command. | |
2710 | |
2711 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current | |
2712 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command | |
2713 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' | |
2714 if that history list is empty)." t nil) | |
2715 | |
2716 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\ | |
26724 | 2717 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS. |
2718 Collect output in a buffer. | |
25876 | 2719 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command |
2720 to find the text that grep hits refer to. | |
2721 | |
2722 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
2723 easily repeat a find command." t nil) | |
2724 | |
2725 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\ | |
2726 Major mode for compilation log buffers. | |
2727 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error, | |
2728 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error]. | |
2729 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation]. | |
2730 | |
2731 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil) | |
2732 | |
2733 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
2734 Toggle compilation shell minor mode. | |
2735 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
2736 See `compilation-mode'. | |
2737 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
2738 | |
2739 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
2740 Toggle compilation minor mode. | |
2741 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
2742 See `compilation-mode'. | |
2743 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
2744 | |
2745 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\ | |
2746 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code. | |
2747 | |
2748 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already, | |
2749 the message buffer is checked for new ones. | |
2750 | |
2751 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move; | |
2752 negative means move back to previous error messages. | |
2753 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer | |
2754 and start at the first error. | |
2755 | |
2756 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or | |
2757 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from | |
2758 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any | |
2759 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To | |
2760 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type | |
2761 \\[next-error] in that buffer. | |
2762 | |
2763 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages, | |
2764 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which | |
2765 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode. | |
2766 | |
2767 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and | |
2768 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil) | |
2769 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error) | |
2770 | |
2771 ;;;*** | |
2772 | |
2773 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el" | |
26724 | 2774 ;;;;;; (14393 17619)) |
25876 | 2775 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el |
2776 | |
2777 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\ | |
2778 Toggle Partial Completion mode. | |
2779 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive. | |
2780 | |
2781 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is | |
2782 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is | |
2783 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed | |
2784 as much as possible. | |
2785 | |
2786 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other | |
2787 command begins with that sequence of characters, and | |
2788 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no | |
2789 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters. | |
2790 | |
2791 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted | |
2792 specially in \\[find-file]. For example, | |
2793 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h. | |
2794 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil) | |
2795 | |
2796 ;;;*** | |
2797 | |
2798 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el" | |
25998 | 2799 ;;;;;; (13884 8101)) |
25876 | 2800 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el |
2801 | |
2802 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\ | |
2803 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil) | |
2804 | |
2805 ;;;*** | |
2806 | |
26899 | 2807 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after |
2808 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string | |
2809 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el" | |
26963 | 2810 ;;;;;; (14422 57499)) |
26899 | 2811 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el |
2812 | |
2813 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\ | |
2814 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points. | |
2815 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition | |
2816 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and | |
2817 `make-composition'. | |
2818 | |
2819 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows: | |
2820 | |
2821 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left | |
2822 | | 1:tc or top-center | |
2823 | | 2:tr or top-right | |
2824 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left | |
2825 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center | |
2826 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right | |
2827 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left | |
2828 | | 7:bc or bottom-center | |
2829 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right | |
2830 | |
2831 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition | |
2832 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where | |
2833 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already | |
2834 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to | |
2835 be added. | |
2836 | |
2837 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and | |
2838 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as | |
2839 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points): | |
2840 | |
2841 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent | |
2842 | | | | |
2843 | global| | | |
2844 | glyph | | | |
2845 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change) | |
2846 +----+--*--+ | |
2847 | | new | | |
2848 | |glyph| | |
2849 +----+-----+ <--- new descent | |
2850 ") | |
2851 | |
2852 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\ | |
2853 Compose characters in the current region. | |
2854 | |
2855 When called from a program, expects these four arguments. | |
2856 | |
2857 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers) | |
2858 specifying the region. | |
2859 | |
2860 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
2861 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. | |
2862 | |
2863 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead | |
2864 of the text in the region. | |
2865 | |
2866 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters. | |
2867 | |
2868 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and | |
2869 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th | |
2870 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th | |
2871 elements with previously composed N glyphs. | |
2872 | |
2873 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point | |
2874 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more | |
2875 detail. | |
2876 | |
2877 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
2878 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
2879 text in the composition." t nil) | |
2880 | |
2881 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\ | |
2882 Decompose text in the current region. | |
2883 | |
2884 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
2885 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
2886 | |
2887 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\ | |
2888 Compose characters in string STRING. | |
2889 | |
2890 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all | |
2891 the characters in it. | |
2892 | |
2893 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of | |
2894 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of | |
2895 STRING respectively. | |
2896 | |
2897 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
2898 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function | |
2899 `compose-region' for more detail. | |
2900 | |
2901 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
2902 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
2903 text in the composition." nil nil) | |
2904 | |
2905 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\ | |
2906 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil) | |
2907 | |
2908 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\ | |
2909 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed. | |
2910 For relative composition, arguments are characters. | |
2911 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are | |
2912 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules. | |
2913 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form | |
2914 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of | |
2915 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil) | |
2916 | |
2917 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\ | |
2918 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS. | |
2919 | |
2920 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list | |
2921 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P. | |
2922 | |
2923 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition' | |
2924 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid. | |
2925 | |
2926 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT | |
2927 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT. | |
2928 | |
2929 If no composition is found, return nil. | |
2930 | |
2931 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a | |
2932 composition in; nil means the current buffer. | |
2933 | |
2934 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P | |
2935 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS, | |
2936 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH. | |
2937 | |
2938 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P. | |
2939 | |
2940 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil. | |
2941 | |
2942 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be | |
2943 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters | |
2944 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'. | |
2945 | |
2946 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition. | |
2947 | |
2948 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil) | |
2949 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0) | |
2950 | |
2951 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\ | |
2952 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition. | |
2953 | |
2954 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs | |
2955 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible | |
2956 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called | |
2957 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function | |
2958 `compose-chars-after' for more detail. | |
2959 | |
2960 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when | |
2961 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.") | |
2962 | |
2963 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\ | |
2964 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS. | |
2965 | |
2966 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by | |
2967 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the | |
2968 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are | |
2969 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS | |
2970 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three | |
2971 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text | |
2972 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return | |
2973 nil. | |
2974 | |
2975 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value | |
2976 is: | |
2977 nil -- if no characters were composed. | |
2978 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed. | |
2979 | |
2980 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text. | |
2981 | |
2982 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil) | |
2983 | |
2984 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\ | |
2985 Compose last characters. | |
2986 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N), | |
2987 where N is the number of characters before point to compose. | |
2988 This function is intended to be used from input methods. | |
2989 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this | |
2990 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N) | |
2991 after a sequence character events." t nil) | |
2992 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars) | |
2993 | |
2994 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\ | |
2995 Convert CHAR to string. | |
2996 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier. | |
2997 | |
2998 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or | |
2999 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or | |
3000 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil) | |
3001 | |
3002 ;;;*** | |
3003 | |
25876 | 3004 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) |
25998 | 3005 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685)) |
25876 | 3006 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el |
3007 | |
3008 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\ | |
3009 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file | |
3010 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3011 | |
3012 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\ | |
3013 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file | |
3014 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3015 | |
3016 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\ | |
3017 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings. | |
3018 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second | |
3019 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil) | |
3020 | |
3021 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\ | |
3022 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil) | |
3023 | |
3024 ;;;*** | |
3025 | |
3026 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" | |
25998 | 3027 ;;;;;; (13940 33533)) |
25876 | 3028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el |
3029 | |
3030 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\ | |
3031 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate | |
3032 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the | |
3033 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and | |
3034 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the | |
3035 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil) | |
3036 | |
3037 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\ | |
3038 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil) | |
3039 | |
3040 ;;;*** | |
3041 | |
3042 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" | |
26724 | 3043 ;;;;;; (14410 18641)) |
25876 | 3044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el |
3045 | |
3046 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\ | |
3047 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
3048 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
3049 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
3050 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
3051 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
3052 | |
3053 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [], | |
3054 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as | |
3055 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by | |
3056 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left | |
3057 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special, | |
3058 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess | |
3059 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it | |
3060 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that | |
3061 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical. | |
3062 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'. | |
3063 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens | |
3064 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.' | |
3065 | |
3066 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs: | |
3067 | |
3068 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do, | |
3069 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy. | |
3070 | |
3071 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.) | |
3072 | |
3073 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which | |
3074 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where | |
3075 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space | |
3076 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if () | |
3077 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then | |
3078 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that, | |
3079 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a | |
3080 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD | |
3081 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted). | |
3082 | |
3083 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like | |
3084 | |
3085 bite if angry; | |
3086 | |
3087 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable | |
3088 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the | |
3089 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword' | |
3090 to nil.) | |
3091 | |
3092 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage | |
3093 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if | |
3094 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like | |
3095 | |
3096 foreach (@lines) {print; print} | |
3097 | |
3098 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will | |
3099 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an | |
3100 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual | |
3101 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent], | |
3102 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'. | |
3103 | |
3104 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form | |
3105 | |
3106 if (A) { B } | |
3107 | |
3108 into | |
3109 | |
3110 B if A; | |
3111 | |
3112 \\{cperl-mode-map} | |
3113 | |
3114 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode | |
3115 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches | |
3116 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is | |
3117 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl | |
3118 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'), | |
3119 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of | |
3120 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which | |
3121 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these | |
3122 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting | |
3123 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off | |
3124 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra | |
3125 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by | |
3126 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace]. | |
3127 | |
3128 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands | |
3129 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it. | |
3130 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and | |
3131 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable | |
3132 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings' | |
3133 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy'). | |
3134 | |
3135 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style | |
3136 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or | |
3137 man via menu. | |
3138 | |
3139 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time. | |
3140 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with | |
3141 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5 | |
3142 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the | |
3143 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'. | |
3144 | |
3145 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the | |
3146 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region | |
3147 span the needed amount of lines. | |
3148 | |
3149 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify', | |
3150 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and | |
3151 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used | |
3152 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only. | |
3153 | |
3154 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
3155 `cperl-tab-always-indent' | |
3156 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line, | |
3157 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
3158 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments' | |
3159 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent. | |
3160 `cperl-auto-newline' | |
3161 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, | |
3162 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following | |
3163 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace. | |
3164 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and | |
3165 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set. | |
3166 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' | |
3167 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons. | |
3168 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting. | |
3169 `cperl-indent-level' | |
3170 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
3171 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
3172 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
3173 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' | |
3174 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
3175 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation. | |
3176 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' | |
3177 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
3178 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
3179 `cperl-brace-offset' | |
3180 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
3181 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset' | |
3182 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started | |
3183 this far to the right of the actual line indentation. | |
3184 `cperl-label-offset' | |
3185 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
3186 `cperl-min-label-indent' | |
3187 Minimal indentation for line that is a label. | |
3188 | |
3189 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are | |
3190 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8 | |
3191 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8 | |
3192 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8 | |
3193 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8 | |
3194 | |
3195 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the | |
3196 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use | |
3197 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values | |
3198 \(both available from menu). | |
3199 | |
3200 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in | |
3201 column 0 is indented on | |
3202 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
3203 | |
3204 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook' | |
3205 with no args. | |
3206 | |
3207 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu) | |
3208 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems', | |
3209 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil) | |
3210 | |
3211 ;;;*** | |
3212 | |
3213 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" | |
3214 ;;;;;; (13826 9909)) | |
3215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el | |
3216 | |
3217 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\ | |
3218 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals. | |
3219 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify | |
3220 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting. | |
3221 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil) | |
3222 | |
3223 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\ | |
3224 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil) | |
3225 | |
3226 ;;;*** | |
3227 | |
3228 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" | |
25998 | 3229 ;;;;;; (14302 38178)) |
25876 | 3230 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el |
3231 | |
3232 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\ | |
3233 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode. | |
3234 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t | |
3235 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled. | |
3236 | |
3237 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
3238 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.") | |
3239 | |
3240 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3241 | |
3242 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp)) | |
3243 | |
3244 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\ | |
3245 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode. | |
3246 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil) | |
3247 | |
3248 ;;;*** | |
3249 | |
3250 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all | |
3251 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window | |
3252 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces | |
3253 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved | |
3254 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face | |
3255 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option | |
3256 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable | |
3257 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" | |
26963 | 3258 ;;;;;; (14419 37278)) |
25876 | 3259 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el |
3260 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'") | |
3261 | |
3262 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3263 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
3264 | |
3265 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3266 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3267 | |
3268 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3269 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3270 | |
3271 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3272 |
3273 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3274 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
3275 | |
3276 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
3277 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
3278 | |
3279 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
3280 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
3281 | |
3282 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3283 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3284 | |
3285 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3286 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3287 | |
3288 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3289 |
3290 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3291 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions. | |
3292 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
3293 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
3294 | |
3295 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
3296 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
3297 | |
3298 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3299 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3300 | |
3301 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3302 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3303 | |
3304 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3305 |
3306 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3307 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options. | |
3308 User options are structured into \"groups\". | |
3309 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups | |
3310 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil) | |
3311 | |
3312 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3313 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3314 | |
3315 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3316 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3317 | |
3318 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option)) | |
3319 | |
3320 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3321 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil) | |
3322 | |
3323 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3324 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself. | |
3325 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new | |
3326 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default | |
3327 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release. | |
3328 | |
3329 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option | |
3330 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that | |
3331 version." t nil) | |
3332 | |
3333 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window)) | |
3334 | |
3335 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3336 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. | |
3337 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil) | |
3338 | |
3339 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3340 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil. | |
3341 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil) | |
3342 | |
3343 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3344 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil) | |
3345 | |
3346 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3347 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil) | |
3348 | |
3349 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3350 Customize all already saved user options." t nil) | |
3351 | |
3352 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3353 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
3354 If ALL is `options', include only options. | |
3355 If ALL is `faces', include only faces. | |
3356 If ALL is `groups', include only groups. | |
3357 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not | |
3358 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil) | |
3359 | |
3360 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3361 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
3362 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil) | |
3363 | |
3364 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3365 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
3366 | |
3367 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3368 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
3369 | |
3370 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3371 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
3372 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
3373 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
3374 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
3375 that option." nil nil) | |
3376 | |
3377 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3378 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
3379 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
3380 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
3381 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
3382 that option." nil nil) | |
3383 | |
3384 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3385 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil) | |
3386 | |
3387 (defvar custom-file nil "\ | |
3388 File used for storing customization information. | |
3389 The default is nil, which means to use your init file | |
3390 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file, | |
26899 | 3391 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect. |
3392 | |
3393 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file | |
3394 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' | |
3395 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find) | |
3396 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.") | |
25876 | 3397 |
3398 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3399 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil) | |
3400 | |
3401 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3402 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil) | |
3403 | |
3404 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3405 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
3406 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
3407 | |
3408 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3409 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
25998 | 3410 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu. |
25876 | 3411 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'. |
3412 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
3413 | |
3414 ;;;*** | |
3415 | |
3416 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" | |
26724 | 3417 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14398 37486)) |
25876 | 3418 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el |
3419 | |
3420 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\ | |
3421 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil) | |
3422 | |
3423 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\ | |
3424 Initialize faces according to user preferences. | |
3425 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: | |
3426 | |
25998 | 3427 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]]) |
25876 | 3428 |
3429 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE. | |
3430 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC. | |
25998 | 3431 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE. |
25876 | 3432 |
3433 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil) | |
3434 | |
3435 ;;;*** | |
3436 | |
26963 | 3437 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) |
3438 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379)) | |
3439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el | |
3440 | |
3441 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
3442 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions. | |
3443 | |
3444 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must | |
3445 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and | |
3446 C++ modes are included. | |
3447 | |
3448 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
3449 | |
3450 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
3451 Turn on CWarn mode. | |
3452 | |
3453 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
3454 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil) | |
3455 | |
3456 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
3457 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers. | |
3458 | |
3459 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
3460 | |
3461 ;;;*** | |
3462 | |
25876 | 3463 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char |
3464 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment | |
3465 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) | |
25998 | 3466 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678)) |
25876 | 3467 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el |
3468 | |
3469 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3470 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil) | |
3471 | |
3472 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3473 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil) | |
3474 | |
3475 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3476 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil) | |
3477 | |
3478 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3479 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
3480 | |
3481 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3482 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
3483 | |
3484 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3485 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration. | |
3486 For readability, the table is slightly | |
3487 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'. | |
3488 | |
3489 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using; | |
3490 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly. | |
3491 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'. | |
3492 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration. | |
3493 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil) | |
3494 | |
3495 ;;;*** | |
3496 | |
3497 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" | |
26724 | 3498 ;;;;;; (14385 24830)) |
25876 | 3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el |
3500 | |
3501 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand)) | |
3502 | |
3503 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion)) | |
3504 | |
3505 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\ | |
3506 Completion on current word. | |
3507 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer | |
3508 and presents suggestions for completion. | |
3509 | |
3510 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the | |
3511 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the | |
3512 completions. | |
3513 | |
3514 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u), | |
3515 then it searches *all* buffers. | |
3516 | |
3517 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list | |
3518 if there is a suitable one already." t nil) | |
3519 | |
3520 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\ | |
3521 Expand previous word \"dynamically\". | |
3522 | |
3523 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix. | |
3524 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are | |
3525 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the | |
3526 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable | |
3527 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'. | |
3528 | |
3529 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct* | |
3530 possibility. A negative argument says search forward. | |
3531 | |
3532 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and | |
3533 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion | |
3534 with the next possible expansion not yet tried. | |
3535 | |
3536 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the | |
3537 direction of search to backward if set non-nil. | |
3538 | |
3539 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil) | |
3540 | |
3541 ;;;*** | |
3542 | |
3543 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706 | |
3544 ;;;;;; 39004)) | |
3545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el | |
3546 | |
3547 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\ | |
3548 Major mode for editing DCL-files. | |
3549 | |
3550 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between | |
3551 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and | |
3552 dcl-block-end-regexp.) | |
3553 | |
3554 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block. | |
3555 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented. | |
3556 Data lines are not indented. | |
3557 | |
3558 Key bindings: | |
3559 | |
3560 \\{dcl-mode-map} | |
3561 Commands not usually bound to keys: | |
3562 | |
3563 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options | |
3564 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options | |
3565 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option | |
3566 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode | |
3567 | |
3568 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
3569 | |
3570 dcl-basic-offset | |
3571 Extra indentation within blocks. | |
3572 | |
3573 dcl-continuation-offset | |
3574 Extra indentation for continued lines. | |
3575 | |
3576 dcl-margin-offset | |
3577 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE. | |
3578 | |
3579 dcl-margin-label-offset | |
3580 Indentation for a label. | |
3581 | |
3582 dcl-comment-line-regexp | |
3583 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented. | |
3584 | |
3585 dcl-block-begin-regexp | |
3586 dcl-block-end-regexp | |
3587 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively, | |
3588 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation. | |
3589 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables | |
3590 make it possible to define other places to indent. | |
3591 Set to nil to disable this feature. | |
3592 | |
3593 dcl-calc-command-indent-function | |
3594 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines. | |
3595 Two such functions are included in the package: | |
3596 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple | |
3597 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang | |
3598 | |
3599 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function | |
3600 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines. | |
3601 One such function is included in the package: | |
3602 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default) | |
3603 | |
3604 dcl-tab-always-indent | |
3605 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line. | |
3606 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left | |
3607 margin. | |
3608 | |
3609 dcl-electric-characters | |
3610 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is | |
3611 typed. | |
3612 | |
3613 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps | |
3614 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize | |
3615 which words trigger electric indentation. | |
3616 | |
3617 dcl-tempo-comma | |
3618 dcl-tempo-left-paren | |
3619 dcl-tempo-right-paren | |
3620 These variables control the look of expanded templates. | |
3621 | |
3622 dcl-imenu-generic-expression | |
3623 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes | |
3624 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for | |
3625 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements. | |
3626 | |
3627 dcl-imenu-label-labels | |
3628 dcl-imenu-label-goto | |
3629 dcl-imenu-label-gosub | |
3630 dcl-imenu-label-call | |
3631 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu. | |
3632 | |
3633 Loading this package calls the value of the variable | |
3634 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
3635 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook' | |
3636 with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
3637 | |
3638 | |
3639 The following example uses the default values for all variables: | |
3640 | |
3641 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches | |
3642 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp) | |
3643 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset. | |
3644 $ i = 1 | |
3645 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines. | |
3646 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset: | |
3647 $ label: | |
3648 $ if i.eq.1 | |
3649 $ then | |
3650 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are | |
3651 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset | |
3652 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp... | |
3653 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset | |
3654 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line | |
3655 \"lined up with the command line\" | |
3656 $ type sys$input | |
3657 Data lines are not indented at all. | |
3658 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp | |
3659 $ endif | |
3660 $ | |
3661 " t nil) | |
3662 | |
3663 ;;;*** | |
3664 | |
3665 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" | |
27016 | 3666 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14432 49602)) |
25876 | 3667 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el |
3668 | |
3669 (setq debugger (quote debug)) | |
3670 | |
3671 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\ | |
3672 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'. | |
3673 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals | |
3674 of the evaluator. | |
3675 | |
3676 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and | |
3677 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the | |
3678 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil) | |
3679 | |
3680 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
3681 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called. | |
3682 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. | |
3683 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION, | |
3684 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined. | |
3685 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command. | |
3686 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil) | |
3687 | |
3688 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
3689 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION. | |
3690 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil) | |
3691 | |
3692 ;;;*** | |
3693 | |
3694 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el" | |
25998 | 3695 ;;;;;; (13875 47403)) |
25876 | 3696 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el |
3697 | |
3698 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\ | |
3699 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil) | |
3700 | |
3701 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\ | |
3702 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers. | |
3703 Lower-case letters enter plaintext. | |
3704 Upper-case letters are commands. | |
3705 | |
3706 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot | |
3707 modify it. | |
3708 | |
3709 The most useful commands are: | |
3710 \\<decipher-mode-map> | |
3711 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency | |
3712 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter | |
3713 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it) | |
3714 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint) | |
3715 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil) | |
3716 | |
3717 ;;;*** | |
3718 | |
25998 | 3719 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region) |
26724 | 3720 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903)) |
25998 | 3721 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el |
3722 | |
3723 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\ | |
3724 Prettify all columns in a text region. | |
3725 | |
3726 START and END delimits the text region." t nil) | |
3727 | |
3728 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\ | |
3729 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. | |
3730 | |
3731 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil) | |
3732 | |
3733 ;;;*** | |
3734 | |
3735 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14266 | |
3736 ;;;;;; 16343)) | |
3737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el | |
3738 | |
3739 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\ | |
3740 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map> | |
3741 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code. | |
3742 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file. | |
3743 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment. | |
3744 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line. | |
3745 | |
3746 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region. | |
3747 | |
3748 Customization: | |
3749 | |
3750 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3) | |
3751 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block. | |
3752 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0) | |
3753 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements. | |
3754 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0) | |
3755 Extra indentation for case statement labels. | |
3756 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t) | |
3757 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, | |
3758 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
3759 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t) | |
3760 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current | |
3761 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the | |
3762 blank line. | |
3763 `delphi-search-path' (default .) | |
3764 Directories to search when finding external units. | |
3765 `delphi-verbose' (default nil) | |
3766 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user. | |
3767 | |
3768 Coloring: | |
3769 | |
3770 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face) | |
3771 Face used to color delphi comments. | |
3772 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face) | |
3773 Face used to color delphi strings. | |
3774 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face) | |
3775 Face used to color delphi keywords. | |
3776 `delphi-other-face' (default nil) | |
3777 Face used to color everything else. | |
3778 | |
3779 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with | |
3780 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
3781 | |
3782 ;;;*** | |
3783 | |
25876 | 3784 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel" |
26724 | 3785 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534)) |
25876 | 3786 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el |
3787 | |
3788 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode)) | |
3789 | |
3790 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\ | |
3791 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
3792 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is | |
3793 positive. | |
3794 | |
3795 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also | |
3796 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is | |
3797 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of | |
3798 any selection." t nil) | |
3799 | |
3800 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\ | |
3801 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
3802 See command `delete-selection-mode'. | |
3803 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
3804 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.") | |
3805 | |
3806 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3807 | |
3808 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel)) | |
3809 | |
3810 ;;;*** | |
3811 | |
3812 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode) | |
26724 | 3813 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14410 18534)) |
25876 | 3814 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el |
3815 | |
3816 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\ | |
3817 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode. | |
3818 | |
3819 The arguments to this command are as follow: | |
3820 | |
3821 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode. | |
26724 | 3822 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode'). |
3823 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\") | |
25876 | 3824 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one, |
3825 the function will attempt to invent something useful. | |
3826 BODY: forms to execute just before running the | |
3827 hooks for the new mode. | |
3828 | |
3829 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode: | |
3830 | |
3831 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\") | |
3832 | |
3833 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map' | |
3834 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty, | |
3835 and DOCSTRING is generated by default. | |
3836 | |
26724 | 3837 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as |
25876 | 3838 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil: |
3839 | |
3840 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\" | |
3841 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\" | |
3842 (setq case-fold-search nil)) | |
3843 | |
3844 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have | |
3845 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro)) | |
3846 | |
3847 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\ | |
26724 | 3848 Initialise variables for a new MODE. |
25876 | 3849 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an |
3850 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged | |
3851 the first time the mode is used." nil nil) | |
3852 | |
3853 ;;;*** | |
3854 | |
3855 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el" | |
25998 | 3856 ;;;;;; (13897 58892)) |
25876 | 3857 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el |
3858 | |
3859 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\ | |
3860 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies. | |
3861 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil) | |
3862 | |
3863 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\ | |
3864 Load the `default' start-up library manually. | |
3865 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file | |
3866 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil) | |
3867 | |
3868 ;;;*** | |
3869 | |
3870 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region | |
3871 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region | |
3872 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region | |
3873 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region | |
3874 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string | |
3875 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian | |
3876 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" | |
26963 | 3877 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (14423 51006)) |
25876 | 3878 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el |
3879 | |
3880 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\ | |
3881 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil) | |
3882 | |
3883 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3884 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters. |
3885 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 3886 |
3887 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3888 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters. |
3889 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 3890 |
3891 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3892 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters. |
3893 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
3894 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 3895 |
3896 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3897 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters. |
3898 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
3899 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 3900 |
3901 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3902 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil) |
25876 | 3903 |
3904 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3905 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs. |
25876 | 3906 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil) |
3907 | |
3908 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3909 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil) |
25876 | 3910 |
3911 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3912 | |
3913 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
3914 | |
3915 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3916 | |
3917 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
3918 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil) | |
3919 | |
3920 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
3921 | |
3922 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
3923 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil) | |
3924 | |
3925 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
3926 | |
3927 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3928 | |
3929 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
3930 | |
3931 ;;;*** | |
3932 | |
3933 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" | |
26899 | 3934 ;;;;;; (14368 20503)) |
25876 | 3935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el |
3936 | |
3937 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\ | |
3938 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date. | |
3939 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed | |
3940 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for | |
3941 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil) | |
3942 | |
3943 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\ | |
3944 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days. | |
3945 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'. | |
3946 | |
3947 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job. | |
3948 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since | |
3949 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that | |
3950 all relevant variables are set, as done here. | |
3951 | |
3952 #!/bin/sh | |
3953 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder | |
3954 emacs -batch \\ | |
3955 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\ | |
3956 european-calendar-style t \\ | |
3957 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\ | |
3958 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries | |
3959 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow | |
3960 | |
3961 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your | |
3962 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry: | |
3963 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh | |
3964 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil) | |
3965 | |
3966 ;;;*** | |
3967 | |
3968 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" | |
25998 | 3969 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414)) |
25876 | 3970 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el |
3971 | |
3972 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\ | |
3973 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.") | |
3974 | |
3975 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\ | |
3976 *The command to use to run diff.") | |
3977 | |
3978 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\ | |
3979 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files. | |
3980 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW | |
3981 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD. | |
3982 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil) | |
3983 | |
3984 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\ | |
3985 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
3986 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
3987 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
3988 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil) | |
3989 | |
3990 ;;;*** | |
3991 | |
26899 | 3992 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" |
26963 | 3993 ;;;;;; (14419 37278)) |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3994 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3995 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3996 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
26899 | 3997 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs. |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3998 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
3999 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4000 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4001 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4002 |
26899 | 4003 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
4004 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs. | |
4005 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4006 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4007 ;;;*** |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4008 |
25876 | 4009 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window |
4010 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink | |
4011 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename | |
4012 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches) | |
26963 | 4013 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14425 19313)) |
25876 | 4014 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el |
4015 | |
4016 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\ | |
4017 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option. | |
4018 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l'; | |
4019 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable | |
4020 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.") | |
4021 | |
4022 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\ | |
4023 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').") | |
4024 | |
4025 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\ | |
4026 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links. | |
4027 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by | |
4028 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link | |
4029 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix). | |
4030 | |
4031 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to | |
4032 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t. | |
4033 | |
4034 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a | |
4035 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and | |
4036 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can | |
4037 always set this variable to t.") | |
4038 | |
4039 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\ | |
4040 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory. | |
4041 A value of nil means move to the subdir line. | |
4042 A value of t means move to first file.") | |
4043 | |
4044 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\ | |
4045 *Controls marking of renamed files. | |
4046 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed. | |
4047 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not) | |
4048 are afterward marked with that character.") | |
4049 | |
4050 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\ | |
4051 *Controls marking of copied files. | |
4052 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were. | |
4053 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4054 | |
4055 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\ | |
4056 *Controls marking of newly made hard links. | |
4057 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4058 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4059 | |
4060 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\ | |
4061 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links. | |
4062 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4063 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4064 | |
4065 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\ | |
4066 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory. | |
4067 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, | |
4068 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer. | |
4069 | |
4070 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.") | |
4071 | |
4072 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\ | |
4073 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy. | |
4074 \(This works on only some systems.)") | |
4075 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired) | |
4076 | |
4077 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\ | |
4078 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it. | |
4079 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used. | |
4080 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.) | |
4081 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have | |
4082 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons, | |
4083 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit | |
4084 list of files to make directory entries for. | |
4085 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands. | |
4086 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then | |
4087 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete]. | |
4088 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info. | |
4089 | |
4090 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil) | |
4091 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window) | |
4092 | |
4093 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\ | |
4094 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil) | |
4095 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame) | |
4096 | |
4097 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\ | |
4098 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil) | |
4099 | |
4100 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\ | |
4101 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil) | |
4102 | |
4103 ;;;*** | |
4104 | |
4105 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all | |
4106 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir | |
4107 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir | |
26899 | 4108 ;;;;;; dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase |
4109 ;;;;;; dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp | |
4110 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename | |
4111 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory | |
4112 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file | |
4113 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile | |
4114 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines | |
4115 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp | |
4116 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux" | |
26963 | 4117 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14419 37278)) |
25876 | 4118 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el |
4119 | |
4120 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4121 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'. | |
4122 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. | |
4123 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4124 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES, | |
4125 which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4126 | |
4127 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4128 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4129 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4130 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4131 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4132 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4133 | |
4134 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4135 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4136 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil) | |
4137 | |
4138 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4139 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4140 | |
4141 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4142 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4143 | |
4144 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4145 Print the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4146 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and | |
4147 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil) | |
4148 | |
4149 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4150 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files. | |
4151 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given, | |
4152 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file. | |
4153 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate. | |
4154 | |
4155 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer. | |
4156 | |
4157 Normally the command is run on each file individually. | |
4158 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run | |
4159 just once with the entire file list substituted there. | |
4160 | |
26899 | 4161 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run |
4162 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there | |
4163 instead of att the end of the command. | |
4164 | |
25876 | 4165 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no |
4166 telling what files the command may have changed. Type | |
4167 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files. | |
4168 | |
4169 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so | |
25998 | 4170 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir. |
4171 | |
4172 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify | |
4173 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil) | |
25876 | 4174 |
4175 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4176 Kill all marked lines (not the files). | |
4177 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line. | |
4178 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.) | |
4179 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line | |
4180 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil) | |
4181 | |
4182 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4183 | |
4184 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4185 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4186 | |
4187 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4188 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4189 | |
4190 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4191 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4192 | |
4193 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4194 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4195 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case, | |
4196 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil) | |
4197 | |
4198 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4199 | |
4200 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4201 | |
4202 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4203 | |
4204 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4205 | |
4206 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4207 | |
4208 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4209 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil) | |
4210 | |
4211 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4212 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file. | |
4213 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying. | |
4214 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4215 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory, | |
4216 and new copies of these files are made in that directory | |
4217 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4218 | |
4219 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4220 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4221 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4222 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
4223 and new symbolic links are made in that directory | |
4224 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4225 | |
4226 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4227 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4228 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4229 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
4230 and new hard links are made in that directory | |
4231 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4232 | |
4233 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4234 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4235 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4236 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil) | |
4237 | |
4238 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4239 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4240 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying | |
4241 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time. | |
4242 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'. | |
4243 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used. | |
4244 | |
4245 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name. | |
4246 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil) | |
4247 | |
4248 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4249 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4250 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4251 | |
4252 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4253 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4254 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4255 | |
4256 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4257 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4258 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4259 | |
4260 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4261 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil) | |
4262 | |
4263 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4264 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil) | |
4265 | |
4266 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4267 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
4268 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh), | |
4269 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
4270 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing. | |
4271 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
4272 this subdirectory. | |
4273 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
4274 | |
26899 | 4275 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
4276 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
4277 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry, | |
4278 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
4279 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing. | |
4280 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
4281 this subdirectory. | |
4282 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
4283 | |
25876 | 4284 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
4285 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level. | |
4286 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil) | |
4287 | |
4288 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4289 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer. | |
4290 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil. | |
4291 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil) | |
4292 | |
4293 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4294 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory. | |
4295 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command | |
4296 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil) | |
4297 | |
4298 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4299 Remove all lines of current subdirectory. | |
4300 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil) | |
4301 | |
4302 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4303 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil) | |
4304 | |
4305 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4306 Go down in the dired tree." t nil) | |
4307 | |
4308 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4309 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory. | |
4310 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor. | |
4311 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil) | |
4312 | |
4313 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4314 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines. | |
4315 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again. | |
4316 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil) | |
4317 | |
4318 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4319 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP. | |
4320 Stops when a match is found. | |
4321 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
4322 | |
4323 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4324 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files. | |
4325 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
4326 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace | |
4327 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
4328 | |
4329 ;;;*** | |
4330 | |
26899 | 4331 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14365 46253)) |
25876 | 4332 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el |
4333 | |
4334 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\ | |
4335 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer. | |
4336 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line. | |
4337 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line. | |
4338 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired | |
4339 buffer and try again." t nil) | |
4340 | |
4341 ;;;*** | |
4342 | |
25998 | 4343 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315)) |
25876 | 4344 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el |
4345 | |
4346 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\ | |
4347 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt. | |
4348 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'. | |
4349 | |
4350 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'. | |
4351 | |
4352 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the | |
4353 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output. | |
4354 | |
4355 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to | |
4356 `comint-output-filter-functions'. | |
4357 " nil nil) | |
4358 | |
4359 ;;;*** | |
4360 | |
4361 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776 | |
25998 | 4362 ;;;;;; 9615)) |
25876 | 4363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el |
4364 | |
4365 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\ | |
4366 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER. | |
4367 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself | |
4368 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object). | |
4369 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not | |
4370 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil) | |
4371 | |
4372 ;;;*** | |
4373 | |
4374 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline | |
4375 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii | |
4376 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table | |
4377 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot | |
26724 | 4378 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070)) |
25876 | 4379 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el |
4380 | |
4381 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4382 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil) | |
4383 | |
4384 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
4385 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. | |
4386 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). | |
4387 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
4388 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
4389 | |
4390 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
4391 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. | |
4392 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). | |
4393 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
4394 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
4395 | |
4396 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4397 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil) | |
4398 | |
4399 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4400 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil) | |
4401 | |
4402 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\ | |
4403 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil) | |
4404 | |
4405 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\ | |
4406 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil) | |
4407 | |
4408 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\ | |
4409 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil) | |
4410 | |
4411 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\ | |
4412 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. | |
4413 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; | |
4414 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil) | |
4415 | |
4416 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\ | |
4417 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. | |
4418 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an | |
4419 X frame." nil nil) | |
4420 | |
4421 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\ | |
4422 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil) | |
4423 | |
4424 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil) | |
4425 | |
4426 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\ | |
4427 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. | |
4428 | |
4429 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with | |
4430 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled | |
4431 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment | |
4432 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. | |
4433 | |
4434 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display | |
4435 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles | |
4436 European character display. | |
4437 | |
4438 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 | |
4439 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 | |
4440 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the | |
4441 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. | |
4442 | |
4443 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively | |
4444 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and | |
4445 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and | |
4446 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility | |
26724 | 4447 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil) |
25876 | 4448 |
4449 ;;;*** | |
4450 | |
4451 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" | |
25998 | 4452 ;;;;;; (13229 28172)) |
25876 | 4453 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el |
4454 | |
4455 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\ | |
4456 Dissociate the text of the current buffer. | |
4457 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*, | |
4458 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it. | |
4459 Every so often the user must say whether to continue. | |
4460 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity. | |
4461 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity. | |
4462 Default is 2." t nil) | |
4463 | |
4464 ;;;*** | |
4465 | |
25998 | 4466 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573)) |
25876 | 4467 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el |
4468 | |
4469 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\ | |
4470 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil) | |
4471 | |
4472 ;;;*** | |
4473 | |
25998 | 4474 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el" |
4475 ;;;;;; (14288 20375)) | |
25876 | 4476 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el |
4477 | |
25998 | 4478 (defvar double-mode nil "\ |
4479 Toggle Double mode. | |
4480 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
4481 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.") | |
4482 | |
4483 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
4484 | |
4485 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double)) | |
4486 | |
25876 | 4487 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\ |
4488 Toggle Double mode. | |
4489 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive. | |
4490 | |
4491 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings | |
4492 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil) | |
4493 | |
4494 ;;;*** | |
4495 | |
4496 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44565)) | |
4497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el | |
4498 | |
4499 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\ | |
4500 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil) | |
4501 | |
4502 ;;;*** | |
4503 | |
4504 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el" | |
4505 ;;;;;; (14030 49072)) | |
4506 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el | |
4507 | |
4508 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\ | |
4509 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil) | |
4510 | |
4511 ;;;*** | |
4512 | |
26724 | 4513 ;;;### (autoloads (define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" |
4514 ;;;;;; (14398 37514)) | |
25876 | 4515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el |
4516 | |
26724 | 4517 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode)) |
4518 | |
4519 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
25876 | 4520 Define a new minor mode MODE. |
4521 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap, | |
4522 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle'). | |
4523 | |
4524 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command. | |
26724 | 4525 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable. |
25876 | 4526 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on. |
4527 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap. | |
4528 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap' | |
4529 in order to build a valid keymap. | |
26724 | 4530 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated. |
4531 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 4532 |
4533 ;;;*** | |
4534 | |
4535 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define | |
26724 | 4536 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14385 |
4537 ;;;;;; 24854)) | |
25876 | 4538 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el |
4539 | |
4540 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\ | |
4541 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU. | |
4542 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value | |
4543 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL. | |
4544 | |
4545 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name. | |
4546 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs | |
4547 | |
4548 :filter FUNCTION | |
4549 | |
4550 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual | |
4551 menu displayed. | |
4552 | |
4553 :visible INCLUDE | |
4554 | |
4555 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this | |
4556 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'. | |
4557 | |
4558 :active ENABLE | |
4559 | |
4560 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection | |
4561 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4562 | |
4563 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items. | |
4564 | |
4565 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE] | |
4566 | |
4567 NAME is a string--the menu item name. | |
4568 | |
4569 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, | |
4570 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen. | |
4571 | |
4572 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
4573 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4574 | |
26724 | 4575 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form: |
25876 | 4576 |
4577 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ] | |
4578 | |
4579 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below. | |
4580 | |
4581 :keys KEYS | |
4582 | |
4583 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item. | |
4584 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually | |
4585 computed automatically. | |
4586 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. | |
4587 | |
4588 :key-sequence KEYS | |
4589 | |
4590 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this | |
4591 menu item. | |
4592 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of | |
4593 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no | |
4594 keyboard equivalent. | |
4595 | |
4596 :active ENABLE | |
4597 | |
4598 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
4599 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4600 | |
4601 :included INCLUDE | |
4602 | |
4603 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this | |
4604 expression has a non-nil value. | |
4605 | |
4606 :suffix NAME | |
4607 | |
4608 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK. | |
4609 | |
4610 :style STYLE | |
26724 | 4611 |
25876 | 4612 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are |
26724 | 4613 defined: |
25876 | 4614 |
4615 toggle: A checkbox. | |
4616 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not. | |
4617 radio: A radio button. | |
4618 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not. | |
4619 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the | |
4620 menu bar itself. | |
4621 anything else means an ordinary menu item. | |
4622 | |
4623 :selected SELECTED | |
4624 | |
4625 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected | |
4626 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4627 | |
4628 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as | |
4629 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed | |
4630 as a solid horizontal line. | |
4631 | |
4632 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro)) | |
4633 | |
4634 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil) | |
4635 | |
4636 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\ | |
4637 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS. | |
4638 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items | |
4639 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
4640 | |
4641 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\ | |
4642 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS. | |
25998 | 4643 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that |
4644 should contain a submenu named NAME. | |
4645 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'. | |
4646 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu. | |
4647 | |
4648 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one. | |
4649 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before | |
4650 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu. | |
25876 | 4651 |
4652 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter, | |
4653 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil) | |
4654 | |
4655 ;;;*** | |
4656 | |
4657 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" | |
25998 | 4658 ;;;;;; (13778 5499)) |
25876 | 4659 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el |
4660 | |
4661 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\ | |
4662 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers. | |
4663 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer | |
4664 listing with menuoid buffer selection. | |
4665 | |
4666 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list | |
4667 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list | |
4668 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted. | |
4669 | |
4670 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on | |
4671 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are | |
4672 much like those of buffer-menu-mode. | |
4673 | |
4674 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil. | |
4675 | |
4676 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil) | |
4677 | |
4678 ;;;*** | |
4679 | |
4680 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" | |
25998 | 4681 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (13229 28455)) |
25876 | 4682 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el |
4683 | |
4684 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\ | |
4685 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result. | |
4686 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil) | |
4687 | |
4688 ;;;*** | |
4689 | |
4690 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms | |
26899 | 4691 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14402 39960)) |
25876 | 4692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el |
4693 | |
4694 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\ | |
4695 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
4696 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and | |
4697 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by | |
4698 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'. | |
4699 | |
4700 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this | |
4701 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with | |
4702 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your | |
4703 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.") | |
4704 | |
4705 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\ | |
4706 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
4707 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer. | |
4708 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.") | |
4709 | |
4710 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\ | |
4711 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC. | |
4712 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol | |
4713 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro)) | |
4714 | |
4715 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form)) | |
4716 | |
4717 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\ | |
4718 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro. | |
4719 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug. | |
4720 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is, | |
4721 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil) | |
4722 | |
4723 ;;;*** | |
4724 | |
4725 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision | |
4726 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer | |
4727 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions | |
4728 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor | |
4729 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise | |
4730 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor | |
4731 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor | |
4732 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions | |
4733 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 | |
26724 | 4734 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14398 37488)) |
25876 | 4735 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el |
4736 | |
4737 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\ | |
4738 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil) | |
4739 | |
4740 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\ | |
4741 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil) | |
4742 | |
4743 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3)) | |
4744 | |
4745 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files)) | |
4746 | |
4747 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
4748 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil) | |
4749 | |
4750 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers)) | |
4751 | |
4752 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\ | |
4753 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil) | |
4754 | |
4755 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3)) | |
4756 | |
4757 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
4758 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have | |
26724 | 4759 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
4760 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 4761 |
4762 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories)) | |
4763 | |
4764 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
4765 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions. | |
4766 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 4767 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 4768 |
4769 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions)) | |
4770 | |
4771 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\ | |
4772 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that | |
26724 | 4773 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular |
25876 | 4774 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
4775 | |
4776 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3)) | |
4777 | |
4778 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
4779 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have | |
26724 | 4780 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
4781 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 4782 |
4783 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories)) | |
4784 | |
4785 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4786 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors. | |
26724 | 4787 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files |
25876 | 4788 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge |
26724 | 4789 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that |
25876 | 4790 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
4791 | |
4792 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
4793 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions. | |
4794 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 4795 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 4796 |
4797 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) | |
4798 | |
4799 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4800 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors. | |
4801 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 4802 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 4803 |
4804 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) | |
4805 | |
4806 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) | |
4807 | |
4808 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
4809 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise. | |
4810 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
4811 follows: | |
4812 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
4813 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
4814 | |
4815 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
4816 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise. | |
4817 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
4818 follows: | |
4819 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
4820 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
4821 | |
4822 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
4823 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
4824 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
4825 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200 | |
26724 | 4826 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil) |
25876 | 4827 |
4828 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
4829 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
4830 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
4831 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines. | |
4832 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200 | |
26724 | 4833 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil) |
25876 | 4834 |
4835 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files)) | |
4836 | |
4837 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\ | |
4838 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil) | |
4839 | |
4840 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4841 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil) | |
4842 | |
4843 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) | |
4844 | |
4845 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
4846 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil) | |
4847 | |
4848 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4849 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil) | |
4850 | |
4851 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
4852 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file. | |
4853 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
4854 buffer." t nil) | |
4855 | |
4856 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
4857 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor. | |
4858 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
4859 buffer." t nil) | |
4860 | |
4861 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
4862 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file. | |
26724 | 4863 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a |
25876 | 4864 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil) |
4865 | |
4866 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\ | |
26724 | 4867 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME. |
4868 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer | |
4869 and don't ask the user. | |
4870 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a | |
4871 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil) | |
25876 | 4872 |
4873 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
4874 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil) | |
4875 | |
4876 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file)) | |
4877 | |
4878 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer)) | |
4879 | |
4880 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\ | |
4881 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file. | |
4882 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
26724 | 4883 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil) |
25876 | 4884 |
4885 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision)) | |
4886 | |
4887 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\ | |
4888 Return string describing the version of Ediff. | |
4889 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil) | |
4890 | |
4891 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\ | |
4892 Display Ediff's manual. | |
4893 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil) | |
4894 | |
4895 ;;;*** | |
4896 | |
26724 | 4897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123)) |
4898 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el | |
4899 | |
4900 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function) | |
4901 | |
4902 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser..."))))) | |
4903 | |
4904 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))) | |
4905 | |
4906 ;;;*** | |
4907 | |
25876 | 4908 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el" |
26724 | 4909 ;;;;;; (14398 37488)) |
25876 | 4910 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el |
4911 | |
4912 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\ | |
4913 Display Ediff's registry." t nil) | |
4914 | |
4915 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry)) | |
4916 | |
4917 ;;;*** | |
4918 | |
4919 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) | |
26724 | 4920 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134)) |
25876 | 4921 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el |
4922 | |
4923 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\ | |
4924 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back. | |
4925 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function', | |
4926 which see." t nil) | |
4927 | |
4928 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\ | |
4929 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar. | |
4930 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars. | |
4931 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil) | |
4932 | |
4933 ;;;*** | |
4934 | |
4935 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro | |
4936 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el" | |
25998 | 4937 ;;;;;; (13957 59893)) |
25876 | 4938 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el |
4939 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro) | |
4940 | |
4941 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\ | |
4942 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact. | |
4943 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.") | |
4944 | |
4945 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
4946 Edit a keyboard macro. | |
4947 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro. | |
4948 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit | |
4949 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by | |
4950 its command name. | |
4951 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil) | |
4952 | |
4953 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
4954 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil) | |
4955 | |
4956 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
4957 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil) | |
4958 | |
4959 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
4960 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition. | |
4961 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\". | |
4962 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details. | |
4963 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored. | |
4964 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro. | |
4965 | |
4966 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case | |
4967 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro. | |
4968 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector. | |
4969 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil) | |
4970 | |
4971 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
4972 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string. | |
4973 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'. | |
4974 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments. | |
4975 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted | |
4976 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil) | |
4977 | |
4978 ;;;*** | |
4979 | |
4980 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271 | |
25998 | 4981 ;;;;;; 33724)) |
25876 | 4982 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el |
4983 | |
4984 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\ | |
4985 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil) | |
4986 | |
4987 ;;;*** | |
4988 | |
4989 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el" | |
25998 | 4990 ;;;;;; (13116 19762)) |
25876 | 4991 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el |
4992 | |
4993 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\ | |
4994 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer. | |
4995 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT. | |
4996 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the | |
4997 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be | |
4998 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will | |
4999 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to | |
5000 the buffer specified by BUFFER. | |
5001 | |
5002 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
5003 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
5004 | |
5005 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window | |
5006 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer | |
5007 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if | |
5008 this value is non-nil. | |
5009 | |
5010 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
5011 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those | |
5012 things. | |
5013 | |
5014 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help | |
5015 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion') | |
5016 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil) | |
5017 | |
5018 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil) | |
5019 | |
5020 ;;;*** | |
5021 | |
5022 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc" | |
5023 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 40287)) | |
5024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el | |
5025 | |
5026 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\ | |
5027 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point. | |
5028 | |
5029 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is | |
5030 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area. | |
5031 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is | |
5032 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained | |
5033 from the documentation string if possible. | |
5034 | |
5035 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring | |
5036 instead. | |
5037 | |
5038 This variable is buffer-local.") | |
5039 | |
5040 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
5041 *Enable or disable eldoc mode. | |
5042 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details. | |
5043 | |
5044 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition | |
5045 of the mode. | |
5046 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable | |
5047 the mode, respectively." t nil) | |
5048 | |
5049 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
5050 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil) | |
5051 | |
5052 ;;;*** | |
5053 | |
26963 | 5054 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14425 |
5055 ;;;;;; 19313)) | |
26899 | 5056 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el |
5057 | |
5058 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\ | |
5059 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'. | |
5060 | |
5061 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show | |
5062 an elided material again. | |
5063 | |
5064 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil) | |
5065 | |
5066 ;;;*** | |
5067 | |
25876 | 5068 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" |
25998 | 5069 ;;;;;; (13363 2909)) |
25876 | 5070 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el |
5071 | |
5072 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\ | |
5073 Initialize elint." t nil) | |
5074 | |
5075 ;;;*** | |
5076 | |
5077 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package | |
5078 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) | |
25998 | 5079 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553)) |
25876 | 5080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el |
5081 | |
5082 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\ | |
5083 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling. | |
5084 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
5085 | |
5086 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\ | |
5087 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition. | |
5088 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
5089 | |
5090 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\ | |
5091 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'. | |
5092 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil) | |
5093 | |
5094 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\ | |
5095 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX. | |
5096 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following: | |
5097 | |
5098 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil) | |
5099 | |
5100 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\ | |
5101 Display current profiling results. | |
5102 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling | |
5103 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are | |
5104 displayed." t nil) | |
5105 | |
5106 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\ | |
5107 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil) | |
5108 | |
5109 ;;;*** | |
5110 | |
5111 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" | |
25998 | 5112 ;;;;;; (13649 21996)) |
25876 | 5113 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el |
5114 | |
5115 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\ | |
5116 Report a bug in GNU Emacs. | |
5117 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil) | |
5118 | |
5119 ;;;*** | |
5120 | |
5121 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor | |
5122 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote | |
5123 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor | |
5124 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" | |
26724 | 5125 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903)) |
25876 | 5126 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el |
5127 | |
5128 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge")) | |
5129 | |
5130 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu))) | |
5131 | |
5132 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))) | |
5133 | |
5134 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))) | |
5135 | |
5136 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))) | |
5137 | |
5138 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))) | |
5139 | |
5140 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files))) | |
5141 | |
5142 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))) | |
5143 | |
5144 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))) | |
5145 | |
5146 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\ | |
5147 Run Emerge on two files." t nil) | |
5148 | |
5149 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5150 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil) | |
5151 | |
5152 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\ | |
5153 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil) | |
5154 | |
5155 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5156 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil) | |
5157 | |
5158 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5159 | |
5160 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5161 | |
5162 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5163 | |
5164 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5165 | |
5166 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\ | |
5167 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil) | |
5168 | |
5169 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5170 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil) | |
5171 | |
5172 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil) | |
5173 | |
5174 ;;;*** | |
5175 | |
5176 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el" | |
25998 | 5177 ;;;;;; (14232 6060)) |
25876 | 5178 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el |
5179 | |
5180 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\ | |
5181 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode. | |
5182 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
5183 | |
5184 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command | |
5185 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode | |
5186 automatically. | |
5187 | |
5188 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted | |
5189 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by | |
5190 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil) | |
5191 | |
5192 ;;;*** | |
5193 | |
5194 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) | |
25998 | 5195 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14263 35403)) |
25876 | 5196 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el |
5197 | |
5198 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\ | |
5199 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files. | |
5200 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard | |
5201 text/enriched format. | |
5202 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'. | |
5203 | |
5204 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file | |
5205 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory. | |
5206 | |
5207 Commands: | |
5208 | |
5209 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil) | |
5210 | |
5211 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
5212 | |
5213 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
5214 | |
5215 ;;;*** | |
5216 | |
25998 | 5217 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516)) |
25876 | 5218 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el |
5219 | |
5220 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\ | |
5221 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE. | |
5222 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is | |
5223 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed. | |
5224 | |
5225 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable. | |
5226 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable | |
5227 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value. | |
5228 | |
5229 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil) | |
5230 | |
5231 ;;;*** | |
5232 | |
5233 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags | |
5234 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file | |
5235 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window | |
5236 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table | |
5237 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list) | |
26899 | 5238 ;;;;;; "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14411 46723)) |
25876 | 5239 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el |
5240 | |
5241 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\ | |
5242 *File name of tags table. | |
5243 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
5244 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'. | |
5245 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
5246 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ") | |
5247 | |
5248 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\ | |
5249 *List of file names of tags tables to search. | |
5250 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory. | |
5251 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
5252 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'. | |
5253 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
5254 | |
5255 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\ | |
5256 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list. | |
5257 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list). | |
5258 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table | |
5259 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).") | |
5260 | |
5261 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\ | |
5262 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'. | |
5263 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used, | |
5264 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.") | |
5265 | |
5266 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\ | |
5267 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag. | |
5268 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode' | |
5269 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used. | |
5270 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.") | |
5271 | |
5272 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
5273 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE. | |
5274 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program. | |
5275 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory. | |
5276 | |
5277 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'. | |
5278 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. | |
5279 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag | |
5280 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags | |
5281 file the tag was in." t nil) | |
5282 | |
5283 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\ | |
5284 Return a list of files in the current tags table. | |
5285 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned | |
5286 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually | |
5287 without directory names." nil nil) | |
5288 | |
5289 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\ | |
5290 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5291 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there, | |
5292 but does not select the buffer. | |
5293 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point. | |
5294 | |
5295 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5296 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5297 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5298 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
5299 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5300 | |
5301 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5302 | |
5303 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5304 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5305 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5306 | |
5307 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5308 | |
5309 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\ | |
5310 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5311 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there. | |
5312 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. | |
5313 | |
5314 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5315 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5316 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5317 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
5318 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5319 | |
5320 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5321 | |
5322 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5323 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5324 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5325 | |
5326 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5327 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag) | |
5328 | |
5329 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\ | |
5330 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5331 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and | |
5332 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
5333 around or before point. | |
5334 | |
5335 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5336 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5337 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5338 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5339 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5340 | |
5341 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5342 | |
5343 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5344 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5345 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5346 | |
5347 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5348 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window) | |
5349 | |
5350 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\ | |
5351 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5352 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and | |
5353 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
5354 around or before point. | |
5355 | |
5356 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5357 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5358 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5359 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5360 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5361 | |
5362 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5363 | |
5364 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5365 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5366 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5367 | |
5368 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5369 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame) | |
5370 | |
5371 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\ | |
5372 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP. | |
5373 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there. | |
5374 | |
5375 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5376 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5377 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5378 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5379 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5380 | |
5381 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window. | |
5382 | |
5383 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5384 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5385 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5386 | |
5387 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5388 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp) | |
5389 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark) | |
5390 | |
5391 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\ | |
5392 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked. | |
5393 | |
5394 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument | |
5395 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from | |
5396 where they were found." t nil) | |
5397 | |
5398 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\ | |
5399 Select next file among files in current tags table. | |
5400 | |
5401 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the | |
5402 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is | |
5403 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files. | |
5404 | |
5405 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer | |
5406 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings. | |
5407 | |
5408 Value is nil if the file was already visited; | |
5409 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil) | |
5410 | |
5411 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\ | |
5412 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command. | |
5413 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the | |
5414 argument is passed to `next-file', which see). | |
5415 | |
5416 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of | |
5417 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is | |
5418 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to | |
5419 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to | |
5420 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil) | |
5421 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue) | |
5422 | |
5423 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\ | |
5424 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP. | |
5425 Stops when a match is found. | |
5426 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
5427 | |
5428 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5429 | |
5430 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\ | |
5431 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table. | |
5432 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
5433 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace | |
5434 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
5435 | |
5436 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5437 | |
5438 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\ | |
5439 Display list of tags in file FILE. | |
5440 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables. | |
5441 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a | |
5442 directory specification." t nil) | |
5443 | |
5444 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\ | |
5445 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil) | |
5446 | |
5447 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
5448 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used. | |
5449 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list'; | |
5450 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil) | |
5451 | |
5452 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\ | |
5453 Perform tags completion on the text around point. | |
5454 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. | |
5455 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default | |
5456 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil) | |
5457 | |
5458 ;;;*** | |
5459 | |
5460 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer | |
5461 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer | |
5462 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel | |
5463 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker | |
5464 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker | |
5465 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker | |
5466 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal | |
5467 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" | |
25998 | 5468 ;;;;;; (14180 44101)) |
25876 | 5469 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el |
5470 | |
5471 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5472 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil) | |
5473 | |
5474 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil) | |
5475 | |
5476 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5477 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL. | |
5478 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language | |
5479 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5480 | |
5481 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region | |
5482 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
5483 language. | |
5484 | |
5485 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion | |
5486 even if the buffer is read-only. | |
5487 | |
5488 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5489 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
5490 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
5491 | |
5492 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5493 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL. | |
5494 | |
5495 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
5496 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5497 | |
5498 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer | |
5499 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
5500 language. | |
5501 | |
5502 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the | |
5503 buffer is read-only. | |
5504 | |
5505 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5506 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
5507 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
5508 | |
5509 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5510 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
5511 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
5512 | |
5513 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5514 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news. | |
5515 | |
5516 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\", | |
5517 convert the segments between them into FIDEL. | |
5518 | |
5519 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field | |
5520 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil) | |
5521 | |
5522 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5523 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL. | |
5524 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'. | |
5525 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
5526 | |
5527 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5528 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format. | |
5529 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
5530 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5531 | |
5532 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert | |
5533 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with | |
5534 the primary language. | |
5535 | |
5536 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the | |
5537 buffer is read-only. | |
5538 | |
5539 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5540 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
5541 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
5542 | |
5543 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5544 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format. | |
5545 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
5546 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5547 | |
5548 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the | |
5549 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the | |
5550 primary language. | |
5551 | |
5552 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the | |
5553 buffer is read-only. | |
5554 | |
5555 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5556 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
5557 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
5558 | |
5559 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5560 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
5561 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
5562 | |
5563 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5564 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news. | |
5565 | |
5566 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character, | |
5567 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body, | |
5568 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and | |
5569 3) convert the body into SERA. | |
5570 | |
5571 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil) | |
5572 | |
5573 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5574 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA. | |
5575 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
5576 | |
5577 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5578 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil) | |
5579 | |
5580 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5581 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region. | |
5582 | |
5583 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two | |
5584 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should | |
5585 be 1, 2, or 3. | |
5586 | |
5587 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space. | |
5588 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces. | |
5589 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator. | |
5590 | |
5591 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil) | |
5592 | |
5593 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5594 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil) | |
5595 | |
5596 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5597 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command. | |
5598 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil) | |
5599 | |
5600 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5601 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil) | |
5602 | |
5603 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5604 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences. | |
5605 | |
5606 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the | |
5607 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode. | |
5608 | |
5609 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f]. | |
5610 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil) | |
5611 | |
5612 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5613 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil) | |
5614 | |
5615 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5616 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil) | |
5617 | |
5618 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5619 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil) | |
5620 | |
5621 ;;;*** | |
5622 | |
5623 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) | |
25998 | 5624 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734)) |
25876 | 5625 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el |
5626 | |
5627 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\ | |
5628 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT. | |
5629 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix', | |
5630 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control | |
5631 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made | |
5632 executable." t nil) | |
5633 | |
5634 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\ | |
5635 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command. | |
5636 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil) | |
5637 | |
5638 ;;;*** | |
5639 | |
5640 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot | |
27016 | 5641 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14435 44141)) |
25876 | 5642 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el |
5643 | |
5644 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\ | |
5645 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE. | |
5646 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry | |
5647 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG). | |
5648 | |
5649 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace. | |
5650 | |
5651 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the | |
5652 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages | |
5653 to generate such functions. | |
5654 | |
5655 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of | |
5656 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the | |
5657 beginning of the expanded text. | |
5658 | |
5659 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first | |
5660 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions | |
5661 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and | |
5662 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'. | |
5663 | |
5664 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil) | |
5665 | |
5666 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\ | |
5667 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
5668 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
5669 | |
5670 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\ | |
5671 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
5672 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
5673 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot) | |
5674 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot) | |
5675 | |
5676 ;;;*** | |
5677 | |
26899 | 5678 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14398 36751)) |
25876 | 5679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el |
5680 | |
5681 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\ | |
5682 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format. | |
5683 | |
5684 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line. | |
5685 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly. | |
5686 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram. | |
5687 | |
5688 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords. | |
5689 | |
5690 Key definitions: | |
5691 \\{f90-mode-map} | |
5692 | |
5693 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
5694 | |
5695 f90-do-indent | |
5696 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
5697 f90-if-indent | |
5698 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3) | |
5699 f90-type-indent | |
5700 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3) | |
5701 f90-program-indent | |
5702 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks. | |
5703 (default 2) | |
5704 f90-continuation-indent | |
5705 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5) | |
5706 f90-comment-region | |
5707 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
5708 region. (default \"!!!$\") | |
5709 f90-indented-comment-re | |
5710 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code. | |
5711 (default \"!\") | |
5712 f90-directive-comment-re | |
5713 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented. | |
5714 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\") | |
5715 f90-break-delimiters | |
5716 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken. | |
5717 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\") | |
5718 f90-break-before-delimiters | |
5719 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters. | |
5720 (default t) | |
5721 f90-beginning-ampersand | |
5722 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t) | |
5723 f90-smart-end | |
5724 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start. | |
5725 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine | |
5726 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink) | |
5727 f90-auto-keyword-case | |
5728 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil) | |
5729 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word. | |
5730 f90-leave-line-no | |
5731 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil) | |
5732 f90-startup-message | |
5733 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t) | |
5734 f90-keywords-re | |
5735 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc. | |
5736 | |
5737 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook' | |
5738 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
5739 | |
5740 ;;;*** | |
5741 | |
5742 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at | |
5743 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props | |
5744 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible | |
5745 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground | |
26963 | 5746 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14412 8701)) |
25876 | 5747 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el |
5748 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap) | |
5749 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap) | |
5750 | |
5751 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\ | |
5752 Menu keymap for faces.") | |
5753 | |
5754 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu) | |
5755 | |
5756 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\ | |
5757 Menu keymap for foreground colors.") | |
5758 | |
5759 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu) | |
5760 | |
5761 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\ | |
5762 Menu keymap for background colors") | |
5763 | |
5764 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu) | |
5765 | |
5766 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons "Remove Special" (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons "Intangible" (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons "Invisible" (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Read-Only" (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\ | |
5767 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.") | |
5768 | |
5769 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu) | |
5770 | |
5771 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons "Center" (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons "Full" (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Right" (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons "Left" (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons "Unfilled" (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\ | |
5772 Submenu for text justification commands.") | |
5773 | |
5774 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu) | |
5775 | |
5776 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right Less" (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right More" (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons "Indent Less" (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons "Indent More" (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\ | |
5777 Submenu for indentation commands.") | |
5778 | |
5779 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu) | |
5780 | |
5781 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\ | |
5782 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.") | |
5783 | |
5784 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties")) | |
5785 | |
5786 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons "Display Colors" (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons "Display Faces" (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons "List Properties" (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons "Remove Text Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons "Remove Face Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list "-----------------"))) | |
5787 | |
5788 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons "Indentation" (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons "Justification" (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list "-----------------")) (define-key map [sp] (cons "Special Properties" (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons "Background Color" (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons "Foreground Color" (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons "Face" (quote facemenu-face-menu)))) | |
5789 | |
5790 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu) | |
5791 | |
5792 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\ | |
5793 Add FACE to the region or next character typed. | |
5794 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that | |
5795 will not show through at all will be removed. | |
5796 | |
5797 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer. | |
5798 | |
5799 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument, | |
5800 this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
5801 | |
5802 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
5803 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
5804 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
5805 | |
5806 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\ | |
5807 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed. | |
5808 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created). | |
5809 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
5810 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
5811 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
5812 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
5813 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
5814 | |
5815 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\ | |
5816 Set the background color of the region or next character typed. | |
5817 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created). | |
5818 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
5819 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
5820 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
5821 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
5822 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
5823 | |
5824 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\ | |
5825 Set the face of the region or next character typed. | |
5826 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use | |
5827 is the menu item's name. | |
5828 | |
5829 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument, | |
5830 this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
5831 | |
5832 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
5833 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
5834 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
5835 | |
5836 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\ | |
5837 Make the region invisible. | |
5838 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with | |
5839 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
5840 | |
5841 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\ | |
5842 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. | |
5843 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with | |
5844 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
5845 | |
5846 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\ | |
5847 Make the region unmodifiable. | |
5848 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with | |
5849 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
5850 | |
5851 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\ | |
5852 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil) | |
5853 | |
5854 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\ | |
5855 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil) | |
5856 | |
5857 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\ | |
5858 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region. | |
5859 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil) | |
5860 | |
5861 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\ | |
5862 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil) | |
5863 | |
5864 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\ | |
5865 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil) | |
5866 | |
5867 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\ | |
5868 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. | |
5869 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of | |
5870 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list | |
5871 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil) | |
5872 | |
5873 ;;;*** | |
5874 | |
5875 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" | |
25998 | 5876 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14263 35417)) |
25876 | 5877 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el |
5878 | |
5879 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\ | |
5880 Toggle Fast Lock mode. | |
5881 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer | |
5882 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
5883 | |
5884 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode) | |
5885 | |
5886 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text | |
5887 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the | |
5888 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using. | |
5889 | |
5890 Font Lock caches may be saved: | |
5891 - When you save the file's buffer. | |
5892 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer. | |
5893 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers. | |
5894 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'. | |
5895 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'. | |
5896 | |
5897 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad. | |
5898 | |
5899 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general, | |
5900 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'. | |
5901 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events', | |
5902 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil) | |
5903 | |
5904 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\ | |
5905 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil) | |
5906 | |
5907 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil)) | |
5908 | |
5909 ;;;*** | |
5910 | |
5911 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue | |
5912 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) | |
26899 | 5913 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 51114)) |
25876 | 5914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el |
5915 | |
5916 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\ | |
5917 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil) | |
5918 | |
5919 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\ | |
5920 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt. | |
5921 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can | |
5922 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil) | |
5923 | |
5924 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\ | |
5925 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out. | |
5926 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of | |
5927 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly | |
5928 backup file names and the like)." t nil) | |
5929 | |
5930 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\ | |
5931 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages. | |
5932 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event | |
5933 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which | |
5934 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up | |
5935 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed | |
5936 internally by feedmail): | |
5937 | |
5938 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode) | |
5939 after-queue (a message has just been queued) | |
5940 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory) | |
5941 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages) | |
5942 | |
5943 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If | |
5944 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected | |
5945 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions | |
5946 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders, | |
5947 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil) | |
5948 | |
5949 ;;;*** | |
5950 | |
26899 | 5951 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point |
26963 | 5952 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14412 8705)) |
25876 | 5953 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el |
5954 | |
5955 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\ | |
5956 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap. | |
5957 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards. | |
5958 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary. | |
5959 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards, | |
5960 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards. | |
5961 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil) | |
5962 | |
5963 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
5964 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point. | |
5965 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL. | |
5966 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'. | |
5967 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed. | |
5968 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt', | |
5969 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'. | |
5970 | |
5971 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil) | |
26899 | 5972 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point) |
25876 | 5973 |
5974 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\ | |
5975 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer. | |
5976 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is | |
5977 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'. | |
5978 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces | |
5979 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil) | |
5980 | |
5981 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\ | |
5982 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click. | |
5983 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found. | |
5984 Return value: | |
5985 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it) | |
5986 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns | |
5987 * otherwise, nil" t nil) | |
5988 | |
5989 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
5990 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil) | |
5991 | |
5992 ;;;*** | |
5993 | |
5994 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el" | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
5995 ;;;;;; (14332 47759)) |
25876 | 5996 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el |
5997 | |
5998 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\ | |
5999 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache. | |
6000 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in | |
6001 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through | |
6002 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument, | |
6003 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution | |
6004 \(directories) is done." t nil) | |
6005 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
6006 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
6007 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
6008 | |
6009 ;;;*** | |
6010 | |
6011 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options | |
26724 | 6012 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903)) |
25876 | 6013 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el |
6014 | |
6015 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\ | |
6016 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing. | |
6017 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION | |
6018 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output. | |
6019 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.") | |
6020 | |
6021 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\ | |
6022 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible. | |
6023 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it. | |
6024 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.") | |
6025 | |
6026 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
6027 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output. | |
6028 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
6029 | |
6030 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls | |
6031 | |
6032 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use | |
6033 as the final argument." t nil) | |
6034 | |
6035 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
6036 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN, | |
6037 and run dired on those files. | |
6038 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted. | |
6039 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
6040 | |
6041 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil) | |
6042 | |
6043 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
6044 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output. | |
6045 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
6046 | |
6047 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls | |
6048 | |
6049 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil) | |
6050 | |
6051 ;;;*** | |
6052 | |
6053 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file | |
6054 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el" | |
6055 ;;;;;; (13937 22881)) | |
6056 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el | |
6057 | |
6058 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6059 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
6060 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;. | |
6061 | |
6062 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil) | |
6063 | |
6064 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6065 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
6066 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file. | |
6067 | |
6068 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window. | |
6069 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines. | |
6070 | |
6071 Variables of interest include: | |
6072 | |
6073 - ff-case-fold-search | |
6074 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search). | |
6075 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil. | |
6076 | |
6077 - ff-always-in-other-window | |
6078 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an | |
6079 argument is given to ff-find-other-file. | |
6080 | |
6081 - ff-ignore-include | |
6082 If non-nil, ignores #include lines. | |
6083 | |
6084 - ff-always-try-to-create | |
6085 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found. | |
6086 | |
6087 - ff-quiet-mode | |
6088 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched. | |
6089 | |
6090 - ff-special-constructs | |
6091 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special | |
6092 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for | |
6093 extracting the filename from that construct. | |
6094 | |
6095 - ff-other-file-alist | |
6096 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension. | |
6097 | |
6098 - ff-search-directories | |
6099 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in | |
6100 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension. | |
6101 | |
6102 - ff-pre-find-hooks | |
6103 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts. | |
6104 | |
6105 - ff-pre-load-hooks | |
6106 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded. | |
6107 | |
6108 - ff-post-load-hooks | |
6109 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded. | |
6110 | |
6111 - ff-not-found-hooks | |
6112 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found. | |
6113 | |
6114 - ff-file-created-hooks | |
6115 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil) | |
6116 | |
6117 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6118 Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
6119 | |
6120 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\ | |
6121 Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
6122 | |
6123 ;;;*** | |
6124 | |
6125 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point | |
6126 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame | |
6127 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect | |
6128 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function | |
6129 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" | |
26724 | 6130 ;;;;;; (14398 37514)) |
25876 | 6131 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el |
6132 | |
6133 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
6134 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION. | |
6135 | |
6136 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION | |
6137 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
6138 not selected. | |
6139 | |
6140 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is | |
6141 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise | |
6142 in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
6143 | |
6144 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\ | |
6145 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point. | |
6146 | |
6147 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function | |
6148 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and | |
6149 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
6150 it is one of the current buffers. | |
6151 | |
6152 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in | |
6153 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
6154 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
6155 | |
6156 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
6157 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
6158 | |
6159 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
6160 | |
6161 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
6162 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
6163 | |
6164 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
6165 | |
6166 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
6167 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. | |
6168 | |
6169 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL | |
6170 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
6171 not selected. | |
6172 | |
6173 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
6174 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
6175 | |
6176 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\ | |
6177 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point. | |
6178 | |
6179 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable | |
6180 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and | |
6181 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
6182 it is one of the current buffers. | |
6183 | |
6184 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
6185 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
6186 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
6187 | |
6188 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
6189 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
6190 | |
6191 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
6192 | |
6193 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
6194 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
6195 | |
6196 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
6197 | |
6198 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\ | |
6199 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string. | |
6200 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil) | |
6201 | |
6202 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
6203 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
6204 | |
6205 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
6206 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
6207 | |
6208 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\ | |
6209 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil) | |
6210 | |
6211 ;;;*** | |
6212 | |
6213 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" | |
25998 | 6214 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450)) |
25876 | 6215 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el |
6216 | |
6217 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
6218 Toggle flow control handling. | |
6219 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^. | |
6220 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil) | |
6221 | |
6222 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
6223 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types. | |
6224 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control | |
6225 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled, | |
6226 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^ | |
6227 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil) | |
6228 | |
6229 ;;;*** | |
6230 | |
6231 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" | |
25998 | 6232 ;;;;;; (14218 4428)) |
25876 | 6233 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el |
6234 | |
6235 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\ | |
6236 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking. | |
6237 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words. | |
6238 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words. | |
6239 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode. | |
6240 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
6241 | |
6242 Bindings: | |
6243 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell). | |
6244 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word. | |
6245 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words. | |
6246 | |
6247 Hooks: | |
6248 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered. | |
6249 | |
6250 Remark: | |
6251 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are | |
6252 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by | |
6253 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'. | |
6254 | |
6255 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance | |
6256 consider adding: | |
6257 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex)))) | |
6258 in your .emacs file. | |
6259 | |
6260 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region. | |
6261 | |
6262 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil) | |
6263 | |
6264 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\ | |
6265 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil) | |
6266 | |
6267 ;;;*** | |
6268 | |
6269 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode | |
6270 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el" | |
26899 | 6271 ;;;;;; (14392 8635)) |
25876 | 6272 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el |
6273 | |
6274 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
6275 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
6276 | |
6277 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
6278 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
6279 | |
6280 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
6281 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window. | |
6282 | |
6283 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use | |
6284 of two major techniques: | |
6285 | |
6286 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer. | |
6287 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the | |
6288 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.) | |
6289 | |
6290 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another | |
6291 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This | |
6292 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor | |
6293 movement commands. | |
6294 | |
6295 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two | |
6296 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow | |
6297 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been | |
6298 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, | |
6299 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your | |
6300 mileage may vary). | |
6301 | |
6302 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands | |
6303 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used. | |
6304 | |
6305 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other. | |
6306 | |
6307 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode | |
6308 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly. | |
6309 \(This is the default.) | |
6310 | |
6311 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook' | |
6312 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called. | |
6313 | |
6314 Keys specific to Follow mode: | |
6315 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil) | |
6316 | |
6317 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\ | |
6318 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode. | |
6319 | |
6320 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text | |
6321 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current | |
6322 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two | |
6323 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the | |
6324 two windows always will display two successive pages. | |
6325 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.) | |
6326 | |
6327 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative, | |
6328 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is | |
6329 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame. | |
6330 | |
6331 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line | |
6332 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key: | |
6333 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil) | |
6334 | |
6335 ;;;*** | |
6336 | |
6337 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode | |
26899 | 6338 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords |
6339 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" | |
26963 | 6340 ;;;;;; (14424 65029)) |
25876 | 6341 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el |
6342 | |
6343 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\ | |
6344 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.") | |
6345 | |
6346 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ | |
6347 Toggle Font Lock mode. | |
6348 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
6349 | |
6350 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it: | |
6351 | |
6352 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face'; | |
6353 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face'; | |
6354 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the | |
6355 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
6356 | |
6357 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in | |
6358 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
6359 | |
6360 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock) | |
6361 | |
6362 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font | |
6363 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one | |
6364 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
6365 | |
6366 (global-font-lock-mode t) | |
6367 | |
6368 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode | |
6369 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where | |
6370 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable | |
6371 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer. | |
6372 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though | |
6373 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'. | |
6374 | |
6375 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support | |
6376 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
6377 | |
6378 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
6379 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t) | |
6380 | |
6381 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting | |
6382 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can | |
6383 use `font-lock-add-keywords'. | |
6384 | |
6385 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer | |
6386 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer]. | |
6387 | |
6388 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of | |
6389 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused | |
6390 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
6391 | |
6392 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default | |
6393 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a | |
6394 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil) | |
6395 | |
6396 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\ | |
6397 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally. | |
6398 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil) | |
6399 | |
6400 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\ | |
26899 | 6401 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
6402 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
25876 | 6403 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer. |
6404 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
6405 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list. | |
6406 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current | |
6407 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the | |
6408 end of the current highlighting list. | |
6409 | |
6410 For example: | |
6411 | |
6412 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode | |
6413 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) | |
6414 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face))) | |
6415 | |
6416 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in | |
6417 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords. | |
6418 | |
6419 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g., | |
6420 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types', | |
6421 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil) | |
6422 | |
26899 | 6423 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\ |
26963 | 6424 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MAJOR-MODE. |
6425 | |
6426 MAJOR-MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
6427 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil) | |
26899 | 6428 |
25876 | 6429 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ |
6430 Toggle Global Font Lock mode. | |
6431 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
6432 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil. | |
6433 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on). | |
6434 | |
6435 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically | |
6436 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil) | |
6437 | |
25998 | 6438 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\ |
6439 Toggle Global Font Lock mode. | |
6440 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically | |
6441 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'. | |
6442 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
6443 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.") | |
6444 | |
6445 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
6446 | |
6447 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock)) | |
6448 | |
25876 | 6449 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\ |
26724 | 6450 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil) |
25876 | 6451 |
6452 ;;;*** | |
6453 | |
6454 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el" | |
26963 | 6455 ;;;;;; (14423 50991)) |
25876 | 6456 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el |
6457 | |
6458 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\ | |
6459 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC. | |
6460 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format: | |
6461 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ... | |
6462 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas. | |
6463 | |
6464 Optional 2nd argument STYLE-VARIANT is a list of font styles | |
6465 \(e.g. bold, italic) or the symbol t to specify all available styles. | |
6466 If this argument is specified, fontsets which differs from | |
6467 FONTSET-NAME in styles are also created. An element of STYLE-VARIANT | |
6468 may be cons of style and a font name. In this case, the style variant | |
6469 fontset uses the font for ASCII character set. | |
6470 | |
6471 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is | |
6472 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil. | |
6473 | |
6474 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil) | |
6475 | |
6476 ;;;*** | |
6477 | |
26963 | 6478 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14423 |
6479 ;;;;;; 51009)) | |
6480 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el | |
6481 | |
6482 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\ | |
6483 Toggle footnote minor mode. | |
6484 \\<message-mode-map> | |
6485 key binding | |
6486 --- ------- | |
6487 | |
6488 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes | |
6489 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote | |
6490 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote | |
6491 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style | |
6492 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message | |
6493 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote | |
6494 " t nil) | |
6495 | |
6496 ;;;*** | |
6497 | |
25876 | 6498 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) |
26724 | 6499 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540)) |
25876 | 6500 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el |
6501 | |
6502 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\ | |
6503 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form. | |
6504 | |
6505 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode: | |
6506 TAB forms-next-field TAB | |
6507 C-c TAB forms-next-field | |
6508 C-c < forms-first-record < | |
6509 C-c > forms-last-record > | |
6510 C-c ? describe-mode ? | |
6511 C-c C-k forms-delete-record | |
6512 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q | |
6513 C-c C-o forms-insert-record | |
6514 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l | |
6515 C-c C-n forms-next-record n | |
6516 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p | |
6517 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r | |
6518 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s | |
6519 C-c C-x forms-exit x | |
6520 " t nil) | |
6521 | |
6522 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\ | |
6523 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil) | |
6524 | |
6525 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\ | |
6526 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil) | |
6527 | |
6528 ;;;*** | |
6529 | |
6530 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" | |
26724 | 6531 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14410 18641)) |
25876 | 6532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el |
6533 | |
6534 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\ | |
6535 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode. | |
6536 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control. | |
6537 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked | |
6538 with a character in column 6.") | |
6539 | |
6540 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\ | |
6541 Major mode for editing Fortran code. | |
6542 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly. | |
6543 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE. | |
6544 | |
6545 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for | |
6546 Fortran keywords. | |
6547 | |
6548 Key definitions: | |
6549 \\{fortran-mode-map} | |
6550 | |
6551 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
6552 | |
6553 `comment-start' | |
6554 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments | |
6555 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\". | |
6556 `fortran-do-indent' | |
6557 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
6558 `fortran-if-indent' | |
6559 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3) | |
6560 `fortran-structure-indent' | |
6561 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks. | |
6562 (default 3) | |
6563 `fortran-continuation-indent' | |
6564 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5) | |
6565 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' | |
6566 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0) | |
6567 `fortran-comment-indent-style' | |
6568 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments, | |
6569 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond | |
6570 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed | |
6571 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
6572 (for TAB format continuation style). | |
6573 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the | |
6574 indentation for a line of code. | |
6575 (default 'fixed) | |
6576 `fortran-comment-indent-char' | |
6577 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for | |
6578 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \") | |
6579 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' | |
6580 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6) | |
6581 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
6582 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9) | |
6583 `fortran-line-number-indent' | |
6584 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get | |
6585 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching | |
6586 column 5. (default 1) | |
6587 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do' | |
6588 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\" | |
6589 statements. (default nil) | |
6590 `fortran-blink-matching-if' | |
6591 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on | |
6592 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE] | |
6593 statement. (default nil) | |
6594 `fortran-continuation-string' | |
6595 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation | |
6596 line. (default \"$\") | |
6597 `fortran-comment-region' | |
6598 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
6599 region. (default \"c$$$\") | |
6600 `fortran-electric-line-number' | |
6601 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column | |
6602 as typed. (default t) | |
6603 `fortran-break-before-delimiters' | |
26724 | 6604 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters. |
25876 | 6605 (default t) |
6606 | |
6607 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook' | |
6608 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
6609 | |
6610 ;;;*** | |
6611 | |
6612 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el" | |
25998 | 6613 ;;;;;; (13973 3308)) |
25876 | 6614 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el |
6615 | |
6616 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
6617 Create a new generic mode with NAME. | |
6618 | |
6619 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST | |
6620 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION) | |
6621 | |
6622 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function | |
6623 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new | |
6624 function. | |
6625 | |
6626 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character, | |
6627 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character | |
6628 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with | |
6629 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the | |
6630 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively. | |
6631 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters. | |
6632 | |
6633 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'. | |
6634 Each keyword should be a string. | |
6635 | |
6636 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry | |
6637 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist' | |
6638 | |
6639 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist. | |
6640 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode' | |
6641 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed. | |
6642 | |
6643 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup. | |
6644 | |
6645 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil) | |
6646 | |
6647 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
6648 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files. | |
6649 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have | |
6650 comment characters, keywords, and the like.) | |
6651 | |
6652 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'. | |
6653 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil) | |
6654 | |
6655 ;;;*** | |
6656 | |
6657 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server | |
6658 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49469)) | |
6659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el | |
6660 | |
6661 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
6662 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil) | |
6663 | |
6664 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
6665 Read network news. | |
6666 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
6667 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. | |
6668 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
6669 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. | |
6670 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil) | |
6671 | |
6672 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\ | |
6673 Read news as a slave." t nil) | |
6674 | |
6675 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\ | |
6676 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil) | |
6677 | |
6678 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\ | |
6679 Read network news. | |
6680 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
6681 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
6682 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil) | |
6683 | |
6684 ;;;*** | |
6685 | |
6686 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize | |
6687 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" | |
25998 | 6688 ;;;;;; (14030 49649)) |
25876 | 6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el |
6690 | |
6691 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6692 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil) | |
6693 | |
6694 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6695 Start Gnus plugged." t nil) | |
6696 | |
6697 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6698 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader. | |
6699 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the | |
6700 last form in your `.gnus.el' file: | |
6701 | |
6702 \(gnus-agentize) | |
6703 | |
6704 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method', | |
6705 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus | |
6706 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil) | |
6707 | |
6708 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
6709 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil) | |
6710 | |
6711 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil) | |
6712 | |
6713 ;;;*** | |
6714 | |
6715 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el" | |
6716 ;;;;;; (14030 49345)) | |
6717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el | |
6718 | |
6719 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\ | |
6720 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil) | |
6721 | |
6722 ;;;*** | |
6723 | |
6724 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active | |
6725 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030 | |
6726 ;;;;;; 49350)) | |
6727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el | |
6728 | |
6729 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
6730 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache. | |
6731 | |
6732 Usage: | |
6733 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil) | |
6734 | |
6735 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
6736 Generate the cache active file." t nil) | |
6737 | |
6738 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
6739 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil) | |
6740 | |
6741 ;;;*** | |
6742 | |
6743 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group) | |
25998 | 6744 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552)) |
25876 | 6745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el |
6746 | |
6747 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\ | |
6748 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP. | |
6749 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil) | |
6750 | |
6751 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\ | |
6752 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil) | |
6753 | |
6754 ;;;*** | |
6755 | |
6756 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" | |
6757 ;;;;;; (14030 49385)) | |
6758 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el | |
6759 | |
6760 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score)) | |
6761 | |
6762 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\ | |
6763 Run batched scoring. | |
6764 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil) | |
6765 | |
6766 ;;;*** | |
6767 | |
6768 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el" | |
6769 ;;;;;; (14030 49391)) | |
6770 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el | |
6771 | |
6772 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\ | |
6773 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER. | |
6774 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil) | |
6775 | |
6776 ;;;*** | |
6777 | |
6778 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" | |
25998 | 6779 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540)) |
25876 | 6780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el |
6781 | |
6782 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
6783 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM. | |
6784 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target. | |
6785 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as | |
6786 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil) | |
6787 | |
6788 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
6789 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil) | |
6790 | |
6791 ;;;*** | |
6792 | |
6793 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el" | |
6794 ;;;;;; (14030 49414)) | |
6795 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el | |
6796 | |
6797 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\ | |
6798 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line. | |
6799 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions | |
6800 for matching on group names. | |
6801 | |
6802 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as | |
6803 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like: | |
6804 | |
6805 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\" | |
6806 | |
6807 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil) | |
6808 | |
6809 ;;;*** | |
6810 | |
6811 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" | |
6812 ;;;;;; (14030 49416)) | |
6813 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el | |
6814 | |
6815 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\ | |
6816 Update the format specification near point." t nil) | |
6817 | |
6818 ;;;*** | |
6819 | |
6820 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" | |
26724 | 6821 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937)) |
25876 | 6822 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el |
6823 | |
6824 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\ | |
6825 Unload all Gnus features." t nil) | |
6826 | |
6827 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\ | |
6828 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil) | |
6829 | |
6830 ;;;*** | |
6831 | |
6832 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" | |
6833 ;;;;;; (14030 49464)) | |
6834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el | |
6835 | |
6836 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\ | |
6837 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil) | |
6838 | |
6839 ;;;*** | |
6840 | |
25998 | 6841 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566)) |
25876 | 6842 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el |
6843 | |
6844 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\ | |
6845 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs. | |
6846 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it. | |
6847 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used. | |
6848 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for. | |
6849 | |
6850 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X | |
6851 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous | |
6852 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal. | |
6853 | |
6854 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting | |
6855 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays]. | |
6856 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
6857 | |
6858 ;;;*** | |
6859 | |
6860 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse) | |
26724 | 6861 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "goto-addr.el" (14385 24830)) |
25876 | 6862 ;;; Generated autoloads from goto-addr.el |
6863 | |
6864 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\ | |
6865 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse. | |
6866 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for | |
6867 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
6868 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil) | |
6869 | |
6870 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\ | |
6871 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point. | |
6872 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for | |
6873 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
6874 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil) | |
6875 | |
6876 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\ | |
6877 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer. | |
6878 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL | |
6879 or to send e-mail. | |
6880 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET. | |
6881 | |
6882 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and | |
6883 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil) | |
6884 | |
6885 ;;;*** | |
6886 | |
25998 | 6887 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906)) |
25876 | 6888 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el |
6889 | |
6890 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\ | |
6891 Load a PS image for display on FRAME. | |
6892 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width | |
6893 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of | |
6894 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil) | |
6895 | |
6896 ;;;*** | |
6897 | |
6898 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el" | |
26899 | 6899 ;;;;;; (14369 61755)) |
25876 | 6900 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el |
6901 | |
6902 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\ | |
6903 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
6904 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6905 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
6906 | |
6907 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\ | |
6908 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
6909 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6910 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
6911 | |
6912 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\ | |
6913 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
6914 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6915 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
6916 | |
6917 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\ | |
6918 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
6919 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6920 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
6921 | |
6922 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source | |
6923 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil) | |
6924 | |
6925 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\ | |
6926 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
6927 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6928 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
6929 | |
6930 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\ | |
6931 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'. | |
6932 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
6933 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
6934 | |
6935 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\ | |
6936 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named | |
6937 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" | |
6938 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace | |
6939 between it and it's value." t nil) | |
6940 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
6941 | |
6942 ;;;*** | |
6943 | |
6944 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033 | |
25998 | 6945 ;;;;;; 23942)) |
25876 | 6946 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el |
6947 | |
6948 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\ | |
6949 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document. | |
6950 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt' | |
6951 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output. | |
6952 | |
6953 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12) | |
6954 handwrite-fontsize (default 11) | |
6955 handwrite-numlines (default 60) | |
6956 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil) | |
6957 | |
6958 ;;;*** | |
6959 | |
25998 | 6960 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" |
6961 ;;;;;; (14268 8415)) | |
25876 | 6962 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el |
6963 | |
6964 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\ | |
25998 | 6965 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil) |
6966 | |
6967 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\ | |
6968 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version. | |
6969 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per | |
6970 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT. | |
6971 | |
6972 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil) | |
6973 | |
6974 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\ | |
6975 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock. | |
6976 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the | |
6977 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need | |
6978 to be updated." t nil) | |
6979 | |
6980 ;;;*** | |
6981 | |
6982 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el" | |
6983 ;;;;;; (14264 39262)) | |
25876 | 6984 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el |
6985 | |
6986 (defvar three-step-help nil "\ | |
6987 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps. | |
6988 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, | |
6989 and window listing and describing the options. | |
6990 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that | |
6991 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.") | |
6992 | |
6993 ;;;*** | |
6994 | |
6995 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" | |
6996 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (12536 45574)) | |
6997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el | |
6998 | |
6999 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\ | |
7000 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil) | |
7001 | |
7002 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\ | |
7003 Provide help for current mode." t nil) | |
7004 | |
7005 ;;;*** | |
7006 | |
7007 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" | |
25998 | 7008 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14335 43064)) |
25876 | 7009 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el |
7010 | |
7011 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\ | |
25998 | 7012 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format. |
7013 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects | |
7014 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit | |
7015 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'. | |
25876 | 7016 |
7017 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format | |
7018 using the function `hexlify-buffer'. | |
7019 | |
7020 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal) | |
7021 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line | |
7022 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal | |
7023 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values. | |
7024 | |
7025 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are | |
7026 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as | |
7027 periods. | |
7028 | |
7029 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be | |
7030 in hexl format. | |
7031 | |
7032 A sample format: | |
7033 | |
7034 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT | |
7035 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------------- | |
7036 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod | |
7037 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re | |
7038 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte | |
7039 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal | |
7040 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print | |
7041 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara | |
7042 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont | |
7043 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII | |
7044 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are | |
7045 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per | |
7046 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin | |
7047 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character | |
7048 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region.. | |
7049 | |
7050 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most | |
7051 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line] | |
7052 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up). | |
7053 | |
7054 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are | |
7055 also supported. | |
7056 | |
7057 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode: | |
7058 | |
7059 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are | |
7060 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will | |
7061 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer. | |
7062 | |
7063 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if | |
7064 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place | |
7065 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation. | |
7066 | |
7067 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF) | |
7068 into the buffer at the current point. | |
7069 | |
7070 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377) | |
7071 into the buffer at the current point. | |
7072 | |
7073 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255) | |
7074 into the buffer at the current point. | |
7075 | |
7076 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode. | |
7077 | |
7078 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands | |
7079 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving. | |
7080 | |
25998 | 7081 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode. |
25876 | 7082 |
7083 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil) | |
7084 | |
7085 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\ | |
7086 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode. | |
7087 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil) | |
7088 | |
7089 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\ | |
7090 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format. | |
7091 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil) | |
7092 | |
7093 ;;;*** | |
7094 | |
7095 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially | |
26899 | 7096 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 1648)) |
25876 | 7097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el |
7098 | |
25998 | 7099 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\ |
7100 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.") | |
7101 | |
25876 | 7102 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\ |
7103 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one. | |
7104 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
7105 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor | |
7106 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect | |
7107 how the hiding is done: | |
7108 | |
7109 hide-ifdef-env | |
7110 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the | |
7111 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env' | |
7112 is used. | |
7113 | |
7114 hide-ifdef-define-alist | |
7115 An association list of defined symbol lists. | |
7116 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
7117 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
7118 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'. | |
7119 | |
7120 hide-ifdef-lines | |
7121 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and | |
7122 #endif lines when hiding. | |
7123 | |
7124 hide-ifdef-initially | |
7125 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode | |
7126 is activated. | |
7127 | |
7128 hide-ifdef-read-only | |
7129 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding. | |
7130 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value. | |
7131 | |
7132 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7133 | |
7134 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\ | |
7135 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.") | |
7136 | |
7137 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\ | |
7138 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.") | |
7139 | |
7140 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\ | |
7141 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.") | |
7142 | |
7143 ;;;*** | |
7144 | |
27016 | 7145 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) |
7146 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14440 46011)) | |
25876 | 7147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el |
7148 | |
7149 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\ | |
27016 | 7150 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.") |
7151 | |
7152 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\ | |
25876 | 7153 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes. |
27016 | 7154 Each element has the form |
25876 | 7155 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC). |
27016 | 7156 |
7157 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks | |
7158 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE. | |
7159 | |
7160 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is | |
7161 defined as text surrounded by START and END. | |
7162 | |
7163 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START | |
7164 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and | |
7165 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper | |
7166 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For | |
7167 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'. | |
7168 | |
7169 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those | |
7170 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead. | |
7171 | |
7172 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the | |
7173 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC. | |
7174 | |
7175 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess | |
7176 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing | |
7177 whitespace. Case does not matter.") | |
25876 | 7178 |
7179 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\ | |
7180 Toggle hideshow minor mode. | |
7181 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
7182 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow | |
7183 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. | |
7184 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. | |
27016 | 7185 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see `run-hooks'. |
25876 | 7186 |
7187 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block', | |
27016 | 7188 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also |
7189 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'. | |
25876 | 7190 |
7191 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the | |
7192 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands. | |
7193 | |
7194 Key bindings: | |
7195 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7196 | |
7197 ;;;*** | |
7198 | |
7199 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file | |
7200 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change | |
7201 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight) | |
25998 | 7202 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009)) |
25876 | 7203 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el |
7204 | |
25998 | 7205 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil) |
7206 | |
25876 | 7207 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\ |
7208 Remove the change face from the region. | |
7209 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil) | |
7210 | |
7211 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7212 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode. | |
7213 | |
7214 Without an argument, | |
7215 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active | |
7216 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state); | |
7217 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states. | |
7218 | |
7219 With an argument, | |
7220 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active; | |
7221 with a zero argument, set state to passive; | |
7222 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely. | |
7223 | |
7224 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face. | |
7225 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are | |
7226 not displayed in a different face. | |
7227 | |
7228 Functions: | |
7229 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change | |
7230 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change | |
7231 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this | |
7232 buffer with the contents of a file | |
7233 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region | |
7234 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through | |
7235 various faces. | |
7236 | |
7237 | |
7238 Hook variables: | |
7239 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled. | |
7240 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state | |
7241 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode. | |
7242 " t nil) | |
7243 | |
7244 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7245 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
7246 | |
7247 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7248 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
7249 | |
7250 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7251 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode. | |
7252 | |
7253 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element | |
7254 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the | |
7255 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain | |
7256 shown in the last face in the list. | |
7257 | |
7258 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved | |
7259 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the | |
7260 buffer to be saved): | |
7261 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces) | |
7262 " t nil) | |
7263 | |
7264 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7265 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences. | |
7266 | |
7267 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file, | |
7268 and not in read-only mode. | |
7269 | |
7270 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default | |
7271 when called interactively. | |
7272 | |
7273 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will | |
7274 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in | |
7275 temporarily but the buffer is deleted. | |
7276 | |
7277 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property | |
7278 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and | |
7279 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil) | |
7280 | |
7281 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7282 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode. | |
7283 | |
7284 When called interactively: | |
7285 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off | |
7286 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode | |
7287 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode | |
7288 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off | |
7289 | |
7290 When called from a program: | |
7291 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off | |
7292 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode | |
7293 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode | |
7294 - otherwise just turn it on | |
7295 | |
7296 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned | |
7297 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if | |
7298 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil). | |
7299 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil) | |
7300 | |
7301 ;;;*** | |
7302 | |
7303 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers | |
7304 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction | |
7305 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space | |
26724 | 7306 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" |
7307 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488)) | |
25876 | 7308 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el |
7309 | |
7310 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\ | |
7311 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'. | |
7312 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of, | |
7313 or insert functions in this list.") | |
7314 | |
7315 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\ | |
7316 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.") | |
7317 | |
7318 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\ | |
7319 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.") | |
7320 | |
7321 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\ | |
7322 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.") | |
7323 | |
7324 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\ | |
7325 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.") | |
7326 | |
7327 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\ | |
7328 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched. | |
7329 If nil, all buffers are searched.") | |
7330 | |
7331 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\ | |
7332 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current). | |
7333 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
7334 \(as atoms)") | |
7335 | |
7336 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\ | |
7337 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current). | |
7338 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
7339 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable | |
7340 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.") | |
7341 | |
7342 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
7343 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods. | |
7344 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are | |
7345 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated | |
7346 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible | |
7347 expansions. | |
7348 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next | |
7349 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument], | |
7350 undoes the expansion." t nil) | |
7351 | |
7352 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
7353 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'. | |
7354 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second | |
7355 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro)) | |
7356 | |
7357 ;;;*** | |
7358 | |
25998 | 7359 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" |
7360 ;;;;;; (14248 36723)) | |
7361 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el | |
7362 | |
7363 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\ | |
7364 Non-nil if Hl-Line mode is enabled.") | |
7365 | |
7366 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
7367 | |
7368 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line)) | |
7369 | |
7370 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ | |
7371 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point. | |
7372 | |
7373 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
7374 Only useful with a windowing system. | |
7375 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on | |
7376 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil) | |
7377 | |
7378 ;;;*** | |
7379 | |
25876 | 7380 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" |
7381 ;;;;;; (13462 53924)) | |
7382 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el | |
7383 | |
7384 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\ | |
7385 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive). | |
7386 | |
7387 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the | |
7388 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists. | |
7389 | |
7390 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil) | |
7391 | |
7392 ;;;*** | |
7393 | |
7394 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll) | |
25998 | 7395 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14291 58671)) |
25876 | 7396 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el |
7397 | |
7398 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 7399 This function is obsolete." nil nil) |
25876 | 7400 |
7401 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 7402 This function is absolete." t nil) |
25876 | 7403 |
7404 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 7405 This function is absolete." t nil) |
25876 | 7406 |
7407 ;;;*** | |
7408 | |
7409 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" | |
26899 | 7410 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14392 202)) |
25876 | 7411 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el |
7412 | |
7413 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\ | |
7414 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session. | |
7415 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil) | |
7416 | |
7417 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\ | |
7418 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion. | |
7419 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil) | |
7420 | |
7421 ;;;*** | |
7422 | |
25998 | 7423 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403)) |
25876 | 7424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el |
7425 | |
7426 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\ | |
7427 Major mode for editing Icon code. | |
7428 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets. | |
7429 Tab indents for Icon code. | |
7430 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
7431 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
7432 \\{icon-mode-map} | |
7433 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
7434 icon-tab-always-indent | |
7435 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line, | |
7436 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
7437 icon-auto-newline | |
7438 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces | |
7439 inserted in Icon code. | |
7440 icon-indent-level | |
7441 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block. | |
7442 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
7443 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
7444 icon-continued-statement-offset | |
7445 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
7446 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
7447 icon-continued-brace-offset | |
7448 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
7449 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'. | |
7450 icon-brace-offset | |
7451 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
7452 icon-brace-imaginary-offset | |
7453 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
7454 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
7455 | |
7456 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook' | |
7457 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
7458 | |
7459 ;;;*** | |
7460 | |
27016 | 7461 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" |
7462 ;;;;;; (14430 3722)) | |
7463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el | |
7464 | |
7465 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\ | |
7466 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files. | |
7467 | |
7468 The main features of this mode are | |
7469 | |
7470 1. Indentation and Formatting | |
7471 -------------------------- | |
7472 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents. | |
7473 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line. | |
7474 | |
7475 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also | |
7476 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point. | |
7477 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at | |
7478 that point with the `+' concatenation operator. | |
7479 | |
7480 Comments are indented as follows: | |
7481 | |
7482 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged. | |
7483 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code | |
7484 `;' Indent to a minimum column. | |
7485 | |
7486 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed. | |
7487 | |
7488 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation | |
7489 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be | |
7490 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments. | |
7491 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code | |
7492 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended). | |
7493 | |
7494 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the | |
7495 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. | |
7496 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region'). | |
7497 | |
7498 2. Routine Info | |
7499 ------------ | |
7500 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted | |
7501 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info]. | |
7502 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module. | |
7503 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode | |
7504 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules | |
7505 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this | |
7506 information, which is also used for completion (see next item). | |
7507 | |
7508 3. Completion | |
7509 ---------- | |
7510 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and | |
7511 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what | |
7512 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case | |
7513 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or | |
7514 upper case. | |
7515 | |
7516 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations | |
7517 -------------------------------- | |
7518 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates. | |
7519 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples | |
7520 | |
7521 \\pr PROCEDURE template | |
7522 \\fu FUNCTION template | |
7523 \\c CASE statement template | |
7524 \\f FOR loop template | |
7525 \\r REPEAT Loop template | |
7526 \\w WHILE loop template | |
7527 \\i IF statement template | |
7528 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template | |
7529 \\b BEGIN | |
7530 | |
7531 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have | |
7532 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below. | |
7533 | |
7534 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the | |
7535 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries | |
7536 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification]. | |
7537 | |
7538 5. Automatic Case Conversion | |
7539 ------------------------- | |
7540 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by | |
7541 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'. | |
7542 | |
7543 6. Automatic END completion | |
7544 ------------------------ | |
7545 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed | |
7546 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc. | |
7547 | |
7548 7. Hooks | |
7549 ----- | |
7550 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'. | |
7551 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'. | |
7552 | |
7553 8. Documentation and Customization | |
7554 ------------------------------- | |
7555 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info] | |
7556 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work). | |
7557 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's | |
7558 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'. | |
7559 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'. | |
7560 | |
7561 9. Keybindings | |
7562 ----------- | |
7563 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode. | |
7564 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key] | |
7565 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does. | |
7566 | |
7567 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7568 | |
7569 ;;;*** | |
7570 | |
7571 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlwave-shell" "progmodes/idlwave-shell.el" | |
7572 ;;;;;; (14430 3857)) | |
7573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave-shell.el | |
7574 | |
7575 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlwave-shell" "\ | |
7576 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'. | |
7577 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL. | |
7578 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer. | |
7579 | |
7580 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame' | |
7581 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in | |
7582 separate frames. | |
7583 | |
7584 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'. | |
7585 | |
7586 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending | |
7587 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'. | |
7588 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
7589 | |
7590 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
7591 | |
7592 ;;;*** | |
7593 | |
25998 | 7594 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263)) |
25876 | 7595 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el |
7596 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*") | |
7597 | |
7598 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\ | |
7599 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions. | |
7600 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil) | |
7601 | |
7602 ;;;*** | |
7603 | |
7604 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image | |
7605 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header) | |
26724 | 7606 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (14345 52910)) |
25876 | 7607 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el |
7608 | |
7609 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\ | |
7610 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes. | |
7611 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot | |
7612 be determined." nil nil) | |
7613 | |
7614 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\ | |
7615 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available. | |
7616 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil) | |
7617 | |
7618 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\ | |
7619 Create an image which will be loaded from FILE. | |
7620 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted | |
7621 or nil, try to determine the image file type from its first few bytes. | |
7622 If that doesn't work, use FILE's extension.as image type. | |
7623 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image, | |
7624 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'. | |
7625 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil) | |
7626 | |
7627 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\ | |
25998 | 7628 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer. |
25876 | 7629 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'. |
25998 | 7630 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a |
7631 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the | |
7632 image. | |
25876 | 7633 POS may be an integer or marker. |
7634 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means | |
7635 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
7636 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 7637 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 7638 |
7639 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\ | |
7640 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. | |
25998 | 7641 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer |
7642 with a `display' property whose value is the image. | |
25876 | 7643 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means |
7644 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
7645 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 7646 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 7647 |
7648 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\ | |
7649 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER. | |
7650 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'. | |
7651 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil) | |
7652 | |
7653 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\ | |
7654 Define SYMBOL as an image. | |
7655 | |
7656 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional | |
7657 documentation string. | |
7658 | |
7659 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
7660 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
7661 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and `:file FILE', where TYPE | |
7662 is a symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm', and FILE is the | |
7663 file to load the image from. The first image specification whose TYPE | |
7664 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to define SYMBOL. | |
7665 | |
7666 Example: | |
7667 | |
7668 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\") | |
7669 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro)) | |
7670 | |
7671 ;;;*** | |
7672 | |
7673 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar | |
25998 | 7674 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489)) |
25876 | 7675 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el |
7676 | |
7677 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\ | |
7678 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu. | |
7679 | |
7680 Affects only the mouse index menu. | |
7681 | |
7682 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster). | |
7683 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found | |
7684 in the buffer. | |
7685 | |
7686 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting. | |
7687 | |
7688 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first | |
7689 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells; | |
7690 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.") | |
7691 | |
7692 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\ | |
7693 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index. | |
7694 | |
7695 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' | |
7696 to create a buffer index. | |
7697 | |
7698 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this: | |
7699 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX) | |
7700 or like this: | |
7701 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) | |
7702 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in | |
7703 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element | |
7704 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...) | |
7705 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'. | |
7706 | |
7707 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the | |
7708 entries are not nested. | |
7709 | |
7710 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is | |
7711 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions, | |
7712 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the | |
7713 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information. | |
7714 | |
7715 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the | |
7716 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu. | |
7717 | |
7718 The variable is buffer-local. | |
7719 | |
7720 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the | |
7721 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be | |
7722 used to alter the syntax table for the search. | |
7723 | |
7724 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by | |
7725 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set | |
7726 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\" | |
7727 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.") | |
7728 | |
7729 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression)) | |
7730 | |
7731 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\ | |
7732 The function to use for creating a buffer index. | |
7733 | |
7734 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index | |
7735 of the current buffer as an alist. | |
7736 | |
7737 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION). | |
7738 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...). | |
7739 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST). | |
7740 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t | |
7741 if it is a sub-alist. | |
7742 | |
7743 This function is called within a `save-excursion'. | |
7744 | |
7745 The variable is buffer-local.") | |
7746 | |
7747 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function)) | |
7748 | |
7749 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\ | |
7750 Function for finding the next index position. | |
7751 | |
7752 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to | |
7753 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable | |
7754 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the | |
7755 file. | |
7756 | |
7757 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the | |
7758 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index. | |
7759 | |
7760 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
7761 | |
7762 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function)) | |
7763 | |
7764 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\ | |
7765 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position. | |
7766 | |
7767 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function' | |
7768 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position. | |
7769 It should return the name for that index item. | |
7770 | |
7771 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
7772 | |
7773 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function)) | |
7774 | |
25998 | 7775 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\ |
7776 Function to compare string with index item. | |
7777 | |
7778 This function will be called with two strings, and should return | |
7779 non-nil if they match. | |
7780 | |
7781 If nil, comparison is done with `string='. | |
7782 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons, | |
7783 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of | |
7784 arguments match\". | |
7785 | |
7786 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
7787 | |
7788 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function)) | |
7789 | |
25876 | 7790 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\ |
7791 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item. | |
7792 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.") | |
7793 | |
7794 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function)) | |
7795 | |
7796 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search)) | |
7797 | |
7798 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\ | |
7799 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
7800 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item. | |
7801 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil) | |
7802 | |
7803 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\ | |
7804 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
7805 | |
7806 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil) | |
7807 | |
7808 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\ | |
7809 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu. | |
7810 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' | |
7811 for more information." t nil) | |
7812 | |
7813 ;;;*** | |
7814 | |
25998 | 7815 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" |
7816 ;;;;;; (13898 16429)) | |
7817 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el | |
25876 | 7818 |
7819 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\ | |
7820 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history. | |
7821 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp | |
7822 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword | |
7823 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)") | |
7824 | |
7825 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\ | |
7826 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
7827 | |
7828 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\ | |
7829 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file. | |
7830 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name | |
7831 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp | |
7832 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps. | |
7833 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\" | |
7834 produces cosmetically superior output for this application, | |
7835 but it works only in Common Lisp.") | |
7836 | |
7837 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\ | |
7838 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode. | |
7839 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl, | |
7840 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the | |
7841 Inferior Lisp buffer. | |
7842 | |
7843 More precise choices: | |
7844 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\" | |
7845 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\" | |
7846 kcl: \"^>+ *\" | |
7847 | |
7848 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.") | |
7849 | |
7850 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\ | |
7851 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
7852 | |
7853 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\ | |
7854 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'. | |
7855 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch | |
7856 to that buffer. | |
7857 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
7858 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from | |
7859 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
7860 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
7861 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*") | |
7862 | |
7863 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp)) | |
7864 | |
7865 ;;;*** | |
7866 | |
7867 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node | |
7868 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window) | |
26963 | 7869 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14412 8715)) |
25876 | 7870 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el |
7871 | |
7872 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\ | |
7873 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil) | |
7874 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*") | |
7875 | |
7876 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\ | |
7877 Enter Info, the documentation browser. | |
7878 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; | |
7879 the default is the top-level directory of Info. | |
25998 | 7880 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form |
7881 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'. | |
25876 | 7882 |
7883 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command | |
7884 to read a file name from the minibuffer. | |
7885 | |
7886 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. | |
7887 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' | |
7888 in all the directories in that path." t nil) | |
7889 | |
7890 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\ | |
7891 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. | |
7892 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] | |
7893 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil) | |
7894 | |
7895 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\ | |
7896 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. | |
7897 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index | |
7898 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
7899 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
7900 | |
7901 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\ | |
7902 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string. | |
7903 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read. | |
7904 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index | |
7905 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
7906 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
7907 | |
7908 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\ | |
7909 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser. | |
7910 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil) | |
7911 | |
7912 ;;;*** | |
7913 | |
7914 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file | |
7915 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el" | |
25998 | 7916 ;;;;;; (14272 15606)) |
25876 | 7917 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el |
7918 | |
7919 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\ | |
7920 Throw away all cached data. | |
7921 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without | |
7922 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the | |
7923 system." t nil) | |
7924 | |
7925 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
7926 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual. | |
7927 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer. | |
7928 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value | |
7929 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 7930 The default symbol is the one found at point. |
7931 | |
7932 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 7933 |
7934 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\ | |
7935 Display the documentation of a file. | |
7936 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer. | |
7937 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name | |
7938 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 7939 The default file name is the one found at point. |
7940 | |
7941 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 7942 |
7943 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
7944 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil) | |
7945 | |
7946 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\ | |
7947 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil) | |
7948 | |
7949 ;;;*** | |
7950 | |
7951 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) | |
25998 | 7952 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724)) |
25876 | 7953 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el |
7954 | |
7955 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\ | |
7956 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil) | |
7957 | |
7958 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\ | |
7959 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. | |
7960 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. | |
7961 | |
7962 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag | |
7963 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which | |
7964 should be saved in place of the original visited file. | |
7965 | |
7966 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is | |
7967 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original | |
7968 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it | |
7969 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil) | |
7970 | |
7971 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
7972 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. | |
7973 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil) | |
7974 | |
7975 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
7976 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
7977 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. | |
7978 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
7979 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil) | |
7980 | |
7981 ;;;*** | |
7982 | |
7983 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method | |
7984 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" | |
25998 | 7985 ;;;;;; (13770 35556)) |
25876 | 7986 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el |
7987 | |
7988 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
7989 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil) | |
7990 | |
7991 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
7992 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil) | |
7993 | |
7994 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil) | |
7995 | |
7996 ;;;*** | |
7997 | |
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el" | |
26899 | 7999 ;;;;;; (14388 11031)) |
25876 | 8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el |
8001 | |
8002 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\ | |
8003 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter. | |
8004 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1. | |
8005 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys | |
8006 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following | |
8007 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter. | |
8008 | |
8009 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language | |
8010 with the command `iso-accents-customize'. | |
8011 | |
8012 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla, | |
8013 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash). | |
8014 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn. | |
8015 \"s gives German sharp s. | |
8016 /a gives a with ring. | |
8017 /e gives an a-e ligature. | |
8018 ~< and ~> give guillemots. | |
8019 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark. | |
8020 ~? gives an inverted question mark. | |
8021 | |
8022 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode, | |
8023 and a negative argument disables it." t nil) | |
8024 | |
8025 ;;;*** | |
8026 | |
8027 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only | |
8028 ;;;;;; iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex | |
8029 ;;;;;; iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" | |
25998 | 8030 ;;;;;; (13768 42838)) |
25876 | 8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el |
8032 | |
8033 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8034 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1. | |
8035 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8036 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8037 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8038 | |
8039 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8040 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1. | |
8041 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8042 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8043 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8044 | |
8045 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8046 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences. | |
8047 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8048 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8049 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8050 | |
8051 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8052 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
8053 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8054 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8055 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8056 | |
8057 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8058 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
8059 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8060 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8061 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8062 | |
8063 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8064 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
8065 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8066 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8067 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8068 | |
8069 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8070 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
8071 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8072 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8073 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8074 | |
8075 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8076 Warn that format is read-only." t nil) | |
8077 | |
8078 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8079 Warn that format is write-only." t nil) | |
8080 | |
8081 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8082 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil) | |
8083 | |
8084 ;;;*** | |
8085 | |
8086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el" | |
25998 | 8087 ;;;;;; (14164 4477)) |
25876 | 8088 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el |
8089 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap))) | |
8090 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map) | |
8091 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap) | |
8092 | |
8093 ;;;*** | |
8094 | |
8095 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag | |
8096 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings | |
8097 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell | |
8098 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist | |
25998 | 8099 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" |
27016 | 8100 ;;;;;; (14440 46011)) |
25998 | 8101 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el |
25876 | 8102 |
8103 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\ | |
8104 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil. | |
8105 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used, | |
8106 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.") | |
8107 | |
8108 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\ | |
8109 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions. | |
8110 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.") | |
8111 | |
8112 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) | |
8113 | |
8114 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
8115 | |
8116 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1)))) | |
8117 | |
8118 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
8119 | |
8120 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2)))) | |
8121 | |
25998 | 8122 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))) |
25876 | 8123 |
8124 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\ | |
8125 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters. | |
8126 | |
8127 Each element of this list is also a list: | |
8128 | |
8129 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P | |
8130 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET) | |
8131 | |
8132 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary', | |
8133 nil means the default dictionary. | |
8134 | |
8135 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a | |
8136 word. | |
8137 | |
8138 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS. | |
8139 | |
8140 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be | |
8141 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow | |
8142 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word, | |
8143 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the | |
8144 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and | |
8145 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but | |
8146 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word. | |
8147 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string. | |
8148 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here. | |
8149 | |
8150 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word. | |
8151 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any | |
8152 single word. | |
8153 | |
8154 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell | |
8155 subprocess. | |
8156 | |
8157 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which | |
8158 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts | |
8159 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff | |
8160 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option. | |
8161 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode, | |
8162 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode. | |
8163 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See | |
8164 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this. | |
8165 | |
8166 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters. | |
8167 | |
8168 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should | |
8169 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the | |
8170 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).") | |
8171 | |
8172 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\ | |
8173 Key map for ispell menu.") | |
8174 | |
8175 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\ | |
8176 Spelling menu for XEmacs. | |
8177 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set, | |
8178 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.") | |
8179 | |
8180 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version)) (not (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version)))) | |
8181 | |
8182 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))) | |
8183 | |
8184 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))) | |
8185 | |
8186 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))) | |
8187 | |
8188 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map))))) | |
8189 | |
8190 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\ | |
8191 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check. | |
8192 The alist key must be a regular expression. | |
8193 Valid forms include: | |
8194 (KEY) - just skip the key. | |
8195 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol. | |
8196 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string. | |
8197 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.") | |
8198 | |
8199 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\ | |
8200 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode. | |
8201 First list is used raw. | |
8202 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}. | |
8203 | |
8204 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected | |
8205 for skipping in latex mode.") | |
8206 | |
8207 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word)) | |
8208 | |
8209 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\ | |
8210 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor. | |
8211 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections | |
8212 in a window allowing you to choose one. | |
8213 | |
8214 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word' | |
8215 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word | |
8216 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word. | |
8217 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil | |
8218 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed. | |
8219 | |
8220 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil), | |
8221 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region. | |
8222 | |
8223 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see). | |
8224 | |
8225 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary] | |
8226 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil) | |
8227 | |
8228 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\ | |
8229 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered. | |
8230 | |
8231 Selections are: | |
8232 | |
8233 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer. | |
8234 SPC: Accept word this time. | |
8235 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary. | |
8236 `a': Accept word for this session. | |
8237 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'. | |
8238 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked. | |
8239 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked. | |
8240 `?': Show these commands. | |
8241 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point. | |
8242 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits | |
8243 the aborted check to be completed later. | |
8244 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process). | |
8245 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay. | |
8246 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first. | |
8247 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word. | |
8248 `C-l': redraws screen | |
8249 `C-r': recursive edit | |
8250 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil) | |
8251 | |
8252 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\ | |
8253 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one). | |
8254 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil) | |
8255 | |
8256 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\ | |
8257 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process. | |
8258 A new one will be started as soon as necessary. | |
8259 | |
8260 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is. | |
8261 | |
8262 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil) | |
8263 | |
8264 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\ | |
8265 Interactively check a region for spelling errors. | |
8266 Return non-nil if spell session completed normally." t nil) | |
8267 | |
8268 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\ | |
8269 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil) | |
8270 | |
8271 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\ | |
8272 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil) | |
8273 | |
8274 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\ | |
8275 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil) | |
8276 | |
8277 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\ | |
8278 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words') | |
8279 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character | |
8280 sequence inside of a word. | |
8281 | |
8282 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil) | |
8283 | |
8284 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\ | |
8285 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil) | |
8286 | |
8287 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\ | |
8288 Toggle Ispell minor mode. | |
8289 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive. | |
8290 | |
8291 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET | |
8292 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled. | |
8293 | |
8294 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read | |
8295 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil) | |
8296 | |
8297 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\ | |
8298 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post. | |
8299 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field. | |
8300 Don't check included messages. | |
8301 | |
8302 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway, | |
8303 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.) | |
8304 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer. | |
8305 | |
8306 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines | |
8307 in your .emacs file: | |
8308 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5 | |
8309 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4 | |
8310 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message) | |
8311 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message) | |
8312 | |
8313 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to | |
8314 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression: | |
8315 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil) | |
8316 | |
8317 ;;;*** | |
8318 | |
8319 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer | |
8320 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings | |
26899 | 8321 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14384 5216)) |
25876 | 8322 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el |
8323 | |
8324 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8325 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. | |
8326 Return the name of a buffer selected. | |
8327 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default | |
8328 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. | |
8329 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil) | |
8330 | |
8331 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8332 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'. | |
8333 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also | |
8334 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil) | |
8335 | |
8336 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8337 Switch to another buffer. | |
8338 | |
8339 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The | |
8340 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the | |
8341 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible | |
8342 in another frame. | |
8343 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8344 | |
8345 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8346 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. | |
8347 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
8348 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8349 | |
8350 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8351 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. | |
8352 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
8353 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8354 | |
8355 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8356 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. | |
8357 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
8358 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8359 | |
8360 ;;;*** | |
8361 | |
8362 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region | |
8363 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku | |
8364 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal | |
8365 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" | |
26724 | 8366 ;;;;;; (14348 33291)) |
25876 | 8367 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el |
8368 | |
8369 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\ | |
8370 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil) | |
8371 | |
8372 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil) | |
8373 | |
8374 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\ | |
8375 Convert argument to Katakana and return that. | |
8376 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8377 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
8378 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana | |
8379 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value | |
8380 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are | |
8381 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil) | |
8382 | |
8383 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\ | |
8384 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that. | |
8385 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8386 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
8387 | |
8388 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
8389 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that. | |
8390 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8391 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
8392 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil) | |
8393 | |
8394 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
8395 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that. | |
8396 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8397 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
8398 | |
8399 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8400 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars. | |
8401 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character | |
8402 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil) | |
8403 | |
8404 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8405 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil) | |
8406 | |
8407 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8408 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars. | |
8409 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
8410 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
8411 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil) | |
8412 | |
8413 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8414 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars. | |
8415 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
8416 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
8417 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil) | |
8418 | |
8419 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\ | |
8420 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
8421 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil) | |
8422 | |
8423 ;;;*** | |
8424 | |
8425 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" | |
25998 | 8426 ;;;;;; (14275 59802)) |
25876 | 8427 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el |
8428 | |
8429 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\ | |
8430 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode. | |
8431 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
8432 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'. | |
8433 | |
8434 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the | |
8435 following ways: | |
8436 | |
8437 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code. | |
8438 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur. | |
8439 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling | |
8440 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is | |
8441 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers. | |
8442 | |
8443 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
8444 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
8445 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
8446 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
8447 | |
8448 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is | |
8449 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to | |
8450 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs | |
8451 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs | |
8452 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified | |
8453 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where | |
8454 strings or comments span lines. | |
8455 | |
8456 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
8457 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
8458 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
8459 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil) | |
8460 | |
8461 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\ | |
8462 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil) | |
8463 | |
8464 ;;;*** | |
8465 | |
25998 | 8466 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" |
27016 | 8467 ;;;;;; (14440 46009)) |
25876 | 8468 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el |
25998 | 8469 |
8470 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\ | |
8471 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. | |
8472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
8473 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.") | |
8474 | |
8475 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
8476 | |
8477 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr)) | |
25876 | 8478 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg) |
8479 "\ | |
8480 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. | |
8481 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off. | |
8482 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." | |
8483 (interactive "P") | |
8484 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p)) | |
8485 (progn | |
8486 (require 'jka-compr) | |
8487 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off. | |
8488 (toggle-auto-compression))) | |
8489 (toggle-auto-compression arg t)) | |
8490 | |
8491 ;;;*** | |
8492 | |
8493 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" | |
25998 | 8494 ;;;;;; (13866 35434)) |
25876 | 8495 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el |
8496 | |
8497 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\ | |
8498 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing. | |
8499 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before. | |
8500 | |
8501 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed | |
8502 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed | |
8503 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<' | |
8504 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or | |
8505 shorter. | |
8506 | |
8507 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay | |
8508 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in | |
8509 the context of text formatting." nil nil) | |
8510 | |
8511 ;;;*** | |
8512 | |
8513 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810 | |
8514 ;;;;;; 39847)) | |
8515 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el | |
8516 | |
8517 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\ | |
8518 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string. | |
8519 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively. | |
8520 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
8521 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region. | |
8522 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion, | |
8523 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil) | |
8524 | |
8525 ;;;*** | |
8526 | |
8527 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment) | |
25998 | 8528 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672)) |
25876 | 8529 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el |
8530 | |
25998 | 8531 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\ |
25876 | 8532 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method. |
8533 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.") | |
8534 | |
8535 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\ | |
8536 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil) | |
8537 | |
8538 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil) | |
8539 | |
8540 ;;;*** | |
8541 | |
8542 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el" | |
25998 | 8543 ;;;;;; (14256 23599)) |
25876 | 8544 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el |
8545 | |
8546 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run)) | |
8547 | |
8548 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\ | |
8549 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil) | |
8550 | |
8551 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm)) | |
8552 | |
8553 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\ | |
8554 Start or resume an Lm game. | |
8555 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it. | |
8556 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options: | |
8557 | |
8558 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game | |
8559 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8560 none / 1 | yes | no | |
8561 2 | yes | yes | |
8562 3 | no | yes | |
8563 4 | no | no | |
8564 | |
8565 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot], | |
8566 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start. | |
8567 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
8568 | |
8569 ;;;*** | |
8570 | |
26899 | 8571 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string |
8572 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string | |
8573 ;;;;;; setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" | |
26963 | 8574 ;;;;;; (14423 51007)) |
25876 | 8575 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el |
8576 | |
8577 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\ | |
8578 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil) | |
8579 | |
26899 | 8580 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil) |
8581 | |
8582 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\ | |
8583 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string. | |
8584 Only the first syllable is transcribed. | |
8585 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where | |
8586 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable, | |
8587 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it. | |
8588 | |
8589 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao | |
8590 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil) | |
8591 | |
8592 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\ | |
8593 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil) | |
8594 | |
8595 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\ | |
8596 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO. | |
8597 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
8598 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
8599 to compose. | |
8600 | |
8601 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
8602 | |
25876 | 8603 ;;;*** |
8604 | |
8605 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" | |
25998 | 8606 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14263 35461)) |
25876 | 8607 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el |
8608 | |
8609 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
8610 Toggle Lazy Lock mode. | |
8611 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it | |
8612 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
8613 | |
8614 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
8615 | |
8616 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways: | |
8617 | |
8618 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil. | |
8619 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than | |
8620 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs | |
8621 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise | |
8622 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow | |
8623 for large buffers. | |
8624 | |
8625 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil. | |
8626 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll. | |
8627 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds | |
8628 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if | |
8629 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling. | |
8630 | |
8631 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil. | |
8632 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead, | |
8633 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs | |
8634 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too | |
8635 slow to keep up with your typing. | |
8636 | |
8637 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil. | |
8638 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic | |
8639 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs | |
8640 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and | |
8641 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic | |
8642 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines. | |
8643 | |
8644 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
8645 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
8646 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
8647 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
8648 | |
8649 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified | |
8650 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode | |
8651 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any | |
8652 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
8653 | |
8654 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
8655 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
8656 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
8657 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and | |
8658 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil) | |
8659 | |
8660 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
8661 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil) | |
8662 | |
8663 ;;;*** | |
8664 | |
8665 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el" | |
25998 | 8666 ;;;;;; (14280 10549)) |
25876 | 8667 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el |
8668 | |
8669 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\ | |
8670 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.") | |
8671 | |
8672 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\ | |
8673 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.") | |
8674 | |
8675 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\ | |
8676 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.") | |
8677 | |
8678 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\ | |
8679 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job. | |
8680 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands: | |
8681 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point | |
8682 for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
8683 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
8684 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text. | |
8685 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job | |
8686 and transmit saved text. | |
8687 \\{ledit-mode-map} | |
8688 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode, | |
8689 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil) | |
8690 | |
8691 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil) | |
8692 | |
8693 ;;;*** | |
8694 | |
25998 | 8695 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356)) |
25876 | 8696 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el |
8697 | |
8698 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\ | |
8699 Run Conway's Life simulation. | |
8700 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first | |
8701 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between | |
8702 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil) | |
8703 | |
8704 ;;;*** | |
8705 | |
8706 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935 | |
8707 ;;;;;; 16173)) | |
8708 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el | |
8709 | |
8710 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\ | |
8711 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads. | |
8712 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE | |
8713 is nil, raise an error." t nil) | |
8714 | |
8715 ;;;*** | |
8716 | |
8717 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el" | |
26899 | 8718 ;;;;;; (14396 4145)) |
25876 | 8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el |
8720 | |
8721 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\ | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
8722 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
8723 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil) |
25876 | 8724 |
8725 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\ | |
26724 | 8726 Run the locate command with a filter. |
8727 | |
8728 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are | |
8729 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil) | |
25876 | 8730 |
8731 ;;;*** | |
8732 | |
8733 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer | |
27016 | 8734 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14440 |
8735 ;;;;;; 46009)) | |
25876 | 8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el |
8737 | |
8738 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\ | |
8739 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing. | |
8740 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.) | |
8741 | |
8742 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by | |
8743 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil. | |
8744 | |
8745 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of | |
8746 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\". | |
8747 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel | |
8748 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or | |
8749 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set | |
8750 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that | |
8751 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".") | |
8752 | |
8753 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\ | |
8754 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program. | |
8755 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit | |
8756 switch on this list. | |
8757 See `lpr-command'.") | |
8758 | |
8759 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\ | |
8760 *Name of program for printing a file. | |
8761 | |
8762 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then | |
8763 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'. | |
8764 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on | |
8765 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using | |
8766 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is | |
8767 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last | |
8768 argument.") | |
8769 | |
8770 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 8771 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers. |
8772 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
8773 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 8774 |
8775 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
26724 | 8776 Paginate and print buffer contents. |
27016 | 8777 |
8778 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
8779 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
8780 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
8781 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
8782 | |
8783 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
8784 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
8785 | |
8786 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
8787 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 8788 |
8789 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 8790 Print region contents without pagination or page headers. |
8791 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
8792 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 8793 |
8794 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 8795 Paginate and print the region contents. |
8796 | |
8797 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
8798 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
8799 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
8800 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
8801 | |
8802 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
8803 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
8804 | |
8805 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
8806 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 8807 |
8808 ;;;*** | |
8809 | |
26963 | 8810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316)) |
25876 | 8811 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el |
8812 | |
8813 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\ | |
8814 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards. | |
8815 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility). | |
8816 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el' | |
8817 package is used.") | |
8818 | |
8819 ;;;*** | |
8820 | |
8821 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462 | |
8822 ;;;;;; 53924)) | |
8823 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el | |
8824 | |
8825 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\ | |
8826 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month. | |
8827 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
8828 | |
8829 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
8830 | |
8831 ;;;*** | |
8832 | |
8833 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962 | |
25998 | 8834 ;;;;;; 30919)) |
25876 | 8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el |
8836 | |
8837 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\ | |
8838 A major mode to edit m4 macro files. | |
8839 \\{m4-mode-map} | |
8840 " t nil) | |
8841 | |
8842 ;;;*** | |
8843 | |
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro | |
25998 | 8845 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845)) |
25876 | 8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el |
8847 | |
8848 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
8849 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined. | |
8850 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define. | |
8851 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string. | |
8852 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil) | |
8853 | |
8854 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
8855 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code. | |
8856 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on | |
8857 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively). | |
8858 | |
8859 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same | |
8860 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code | |
8861 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings | |
8862 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global | |
8863 bindings. | |
8864 | |
8865 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs', | |
8866 use this command, and then save the file." t nil) | |
8867 | |
8868 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\ | |
8869 Query user during kbd macro execution. | |
8870 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard | |
8871 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands | |
8872 each time the macro executes. | |
8873 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro. | |
8874 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map> | |
8875 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next. | |
8876 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next. | |
8877 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now. | |
8878 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again. | |
8879 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil) | |
8880 | |
8881 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\ | |
8882 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning | |
8883 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro. | |
8884 | |
8885 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and | |
8886 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM. | |
8887 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to | |
8888 execute. | |
8889 | |
8890 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and | |
8891 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular. | |
8892 | |
8893 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another | |
8894 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a | |
8895 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point | |
8896 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use | |
8897 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section. | |
8898 | |
8899 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry | |
8900 looked like this: | |
8901 | |
8902 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function }, | |
8903 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function }, | |
8904 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function }, | |
8905 | |
8906 You could enter the names in this format: | |
8907 | |
8908 foo | |
8909 bar | |
8910 baz | |
8911 | |
8912 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry: | |
8913 | |
8914 \\C-x ( | |
8915 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function }, | |
8916 \\C-x ) | |
8917 | |
8918 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use | |
8919 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names. | |
8920 " t nil) | |
8921 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query) | |
8922 | |
8923 ;;;*** | |
8924 | |
8925 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" | |
25998 | 8926 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314)) |
25876 | 8927 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el |
8928 | |
8929 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\ | |
8930 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address. | |
8931 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). | |
8932 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. | |
8933 | |
8934 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero | |
8935 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of | |
8936 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for | |
8937 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than | |
8938 one recipients, all but the first is ignored. | |
8939 | |
8940 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible | |
8941 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address. | |
8942 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid | |
8943 consing a string.)" nil nil) | |
8944 | |
8945 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\ | |
8946 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil) | |
8947 | |
8948 ;;;*** | |
8949 | |
8950 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history | |
8951 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" | |
25998 | 8952 ;;;;;; (14075 51598)) |
25876 | 8953 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el |
8954 | |
8955 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\ | |
8956 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil) | |
8957 | |
8958 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil) | |
8959 | |
8960 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\ | |
8961 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.") | |
8962 | |
8963 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\ | |
8964 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history. | |
8965 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the | |
8966 message. | |
8967 | |
8968 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil) | |
8969 | |
8970 ;;;*** | |
8971 | |
25998 | 8972 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region |
8973 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p | |
8974 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14263 | |
8975 ;;;;;; 33297)) | |
25876 | 8976 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el |
8977 | |
8978 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\ | |
8979 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses. | |
8980 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and | |
8981 often correct parser.") | |
8982 | |
8983 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil) | |
8984 | |
25998 | 8985 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ |
8986 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding. | |
8987 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
8988 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
8989 | |
8990 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ | |
8991 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding. | |
8992 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
8993 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
8994 | |
8995 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\ | |
8996 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END. | |
8997 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
8998 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil) | |
8999 | |
25876 | 9000 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\ |
9001 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME. | |
9002 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message. | |
9003 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME. | |
9004 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between. | |
9005 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil) | |
9006 | |
9007 ;;;*** | |
9008 | |
9009 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup) | |
25998 | 9010 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (13640 6539)) |
25876 | 9011 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el |
9012 | |
9013 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
9014 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil) | |
9015 | |
9016 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
9017 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'. | |
9018 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil) | |
9019 | |
9020 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
9021 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION. | |
9022 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil) | |
9023 | |
9024 ;;;*** | |
9025 | |
9026 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases | |
9027 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996 | |
9028 ;;;;;; 15767)) | |
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el | |
9030 | |
9031 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\ | |
9032 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes. | |
9033 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
9034 king@grassland.com | |
9035 If `parens', they look like: | |
9036 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
9037 If `angles', they look like: | |
9038 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>") | |
9039 | |
9040 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\ | |
9041 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END. | |
9042 If interactive, expand in header fields. | |
9043 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and | |
9044 their `Resent-' variants. | |
9045 | |
9046 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be | |
9047 removed from alias expansions." t nil) | |
9048 | |
9049 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\ | |
9050 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION. | |
9051 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION. | |
9052 | |
9053 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas. | |
9054 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION | |
9055 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces | |
9056 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil) | |
9057 | |
9058 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\ | |
9059 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point. | |
9060 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches | |
9061 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil) | |
9062 | |
9063 ;;;*** | |
9064 | |
9065 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" | |
26724 | 9066 ;;;;;; (14410 18641)) |
25876 | 9067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el |
9068 | |
9069 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\ | |
9070 Major mode for editing Makefiles. | |
9071 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'. | |
9072 | |
9073 \\{makefile-mode-map} | |
9074 | |
9075 In the browser, use the following keys: | |
9076 | |
9077 \\{makefile-browser-map} | |
9078 | |
9079 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables: | |
9080 | |
9081 makefile-browser-buffer-name: | |
9082 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer. | |
9083 | |
9084 makefile-target-colon: | |
9085 The string that gets appended to all target names | |
9086 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'. | |
9087 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values. | |
9088 | |
9089 makefile-macro-assign: | |
9090 The string that gets appended to all macro names | |
9091 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'. | |
9092 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what | |
26724 | 9093 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake |
25876 | 9094 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you |
9095 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" . | |
9096 | |
9097 makefile-tab-after-target-colon: | |
9098 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the | |
9099 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value. | |
9100 | |
9101 makefile-browser-leftmost-column: | |
9102 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark. | |
9103 | |
9104 makefile-browser-cursor-column: | |
9105 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves | |
9106 up or down in the browser. | |
9107 | |
9108 makefile-browser-selected-mark: | |
9109 String used to mark selected entries in the browser. | |
9110 | |
9111 makefile-browser-unselected-mark: | |
9112 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser. | |
9113 | |
9114 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p: | |
9115 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor | |
9116 will automagically advance to the next line after an item | |
9117 has been selected in the browser. | |
9118 | |
9119 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p: | |
9120 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then | |
9121 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets | |
9122 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise | |
9123 filenames are omitted. | |
9124 | |
9125 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p: | |
26724 | 9126 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode |
25876 | 9127 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash |
9128 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace. | |
9129 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving | |
9130 the backslash itself intact. | |
26724 | 9131 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode |
25876 | 9132 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\". |
9133 | |
9134 makefile-browser-hook: | |
9135 A function or list of functions to be called just before the | |
9136 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer. | |
9137 | |
9138 makefile-special-targets-list: | |
9139 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete | |
9140 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'. | |
9141 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil) | |
9142 | |
9143 ;;;*** | |
9144 | |
9145 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229 | |
25998 | 9146 ;;;;;; 28917)) |
25876 | 9147 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el |
9148 | |
9149 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\ | |
9150 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*. | |
9151 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil) | |
9152 | |
9153 ;;;*** | |
9154 | |
25998 | 9155 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14252 7234)) |
25876 | 9156 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el |
9157 | |
9158 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man)) | |
9159 | |
9160 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\ | |
9161 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer. | |
9162 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x | |
9163 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the | |
9164 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable | |
9165 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready. | |
9166 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil) | |
9167 | |
9168 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\ | |
9169 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil) | |
9170 | |
9171 ;;;*** | |
9172 | |
9173 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame | |
9174 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window | |
9175 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover | |
9176 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply | |
9177 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file | |
9178 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function | |
9179 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function | |
9180 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator | |
9181 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49476)) | |
9182 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el | |
9183 | |
9184 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\ | |
9185 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look. | |
9186 | |
9187 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
9188 king@grassland.com | |
9189 If `parens', they look like: | |
9190 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
9191 If `angles', they look like: | |
9192 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
9193 | |
9194 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like | |
9195 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.") | |
9196 | |
9197 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\ | |
9198 Regexp matching the signature separator.") | |
9199 | |
9200 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\ | |
9201 *Local news organization file.") | |
9202 | |
9203 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\ | |
9204 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
9205 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the | |
9206 variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
9207 | |
9208 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default), | |
9209 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and | |
9210 `smtpmail-send-it'.") | |
9211 | |
9212 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\ | |
9213 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.") | |
9214 | |
9215 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\ | |
9216 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages. | |
9217 nil means use indentation.") | |
9218 | |
9219 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\ | |
9220 *Function for citing an original message. | |
9221 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and | |
9222 `message-cite-original-without-signature'. | |
9223 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.") | |
9224 | |
9225 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\ | |
9226 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. | |
9227 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the | |
9228 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave | |
9229 point and mark around the citation text as modified.") | |
9230 | |
9231 (defvar message-signature t "\ | |
9232 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer. | |
9233 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead. | |
9234 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead. | |
9235 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.") | |
9236 | |
9237 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\ | |
9238 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.") | |
9239 | |
9240 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil)) | |
9241 | |
9242 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\ | |
9243 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent. | |
9244 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
9245 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit | |
9246 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
9247 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject | |
9248 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc | |
9249 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To | |
9250 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups | |
9251 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution | |
9252 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To | |
9253 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup) | |
9254 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply) | |
9255 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text). | |
9256 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature). | |
9257 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file). | |
9258 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any). | |
9259 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
9260 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark). | |
9261 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature). | |
9262 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil) | |
9263 | |
9264 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\ | |
9265 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
9266 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil) | |
9267 | |
9268 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\ | |
9269 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
9270 | |
9271 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\ | |
9272 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil) | |
9273 | |
9274 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\ | |
9275 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil) | |
9276 | |
9277 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\ | |
9278 Follow up to the message in the current buffer. | |
9279 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil) | |
9280 | |
9281 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\ | |
9282 Cancel an article you posted." t nil) | |
9283 | |
9284 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\ | |
9285 Start composing a message to supersede the current message. | |
9286 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes | |
9287 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil) | |
9288 | |
9289 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\ | |
9290 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil) | |
9291 | |
9292 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\ | |
9293 Forward the current message via mail. | |
9294 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil) | |
9295 | |
9296 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\ | |
9297 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil) | |
9298 | |
9299 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\ | |
9300 Re-mail the current message. | |
9301 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than | |
9302 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to | |
9303 you." t nil) | |
9304 | |
9305 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\ | |
9306 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
9307 | |
9308 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
9309 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
9310 | |
9311 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\ | |
9312 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
9313 | |
9314 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
9315 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
9316 | |
9317 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\ | |
9318 Bold all nonblank characters in the region. | |
9319 Works by overstriking characters. | |
9320 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
9321 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
9322 | |
9323 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\ | |
9324 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region. | |
9325 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
9326 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
9327 | |
9328 ;;;*** | |
9329 | |
9330 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" | |
25998 | 9331 ;;;;;; (13549 39401)) |
25876 | 9332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el |
9333 | |
9334 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
9335 Major mode for editing Metafont sources. | |
9336 Special commands: | |
9337 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
9338 | |
9339 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables | |
9340 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
9341 | |
9342 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
9343 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources. | |
9344 Special commands: | |
9345 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
9346 | |
9347 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable | |
9348 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
9349 | |
9350 ;;;*** | |
9351 | |
9352 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body | |
9353 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" | |
26724 | 9354 ;;;;;; (14345 52966)) |
25876 | 9355 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el |
9356 | |
9357 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\ | |
9358 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
9359 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
9360 | |
9361 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\ | |
9362 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
9363 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
9364 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
9365 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
9366 redisplayed as output is inserted. | |
9367 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
9368 | |
9369 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\ | |
9370 Process current buffer through `metamail'. | |
9371 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
9372 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
9373 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
9374 means current). | |
9375 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
9376 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
9377 | |
9378 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\ | |
9379 Process current region through 'metamail'. | |
9380 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
9381 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
9382 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
9383 means current). | |
9384 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
9385 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
9386 | |
9387 ;;;*** | |
9388 | |
9389 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch | |
26724 | 9390 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14377 19689)) |
25876 | 9391 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el |
9392 | |
9393 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9394 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system. | |
9395 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9396 to the MH mail system. | |
9397 | |
9398 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
9399 | |
9400 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9401 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system. | |
9402 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9403 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user | |
9404 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs | |
9405 that want to create a mail buffer. | |
9406 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil) | |
9407 | |
9408 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9409 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system. | |
9410 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9411 to the MH mail system. | |
9412 | |
9413 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
9414 | |
9415 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9416 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map> | |
9417 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message | |
9418 using the MH mail handling system. | |
9419 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME | |
9420 messages. | |
9421 | |
9422 \\{mh-letter-mode-map} | |
9423 | |
9424 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses): | |
9425 | |
9426 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil) | |
9427 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying | |
9428 the yanked message. | |
9429 | |
9430 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t) | |
9431 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message. | |
9432 If `body', just yank the body (no header). | |
9433 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked. | |
9434 If there is a region, this variable is ignored. | |
9435 | |
9436 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \") | |
9437 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is | |
9438 inserted in a draft letter. | |
9439 | |
9440 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\") | |
9441 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature]. | |
9442 | |
9443 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
9444 | |
9445 ;;;*** | |
9446 | |
26724 | 9447 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14376 |
9448 ;;;;;; 9267)) | |
25876 | 9449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el |
9450 | |
9451 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\ | |
9452 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder. | |
9453 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9454 to the MH mail system." t nil) | |
9455 | |
9456 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\ | |
9457 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil) | |
9458 | |
9459 ;;;*** | |
9460 | |
9461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28041)) | |
9462 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el | |
9463 | |
9464 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\ | |
9465 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].") | |
9466 | |
9467 ;;;*** | |
9468 | |
26899 | 9469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14384 6048)) |
25876 | 9470 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el |
9471 | |
9472 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9473 | |
9474 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9475 | |
9476 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9477 | |
9478 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9479 | |
9480 ;;;*** | |
9481 | |
9482 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight" | |
25998 | 9483 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445)) |
25876 | 9484 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el |
9485 | |
9486 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\ | |
9487 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently. | |
9488 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general', | |
9489 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names', | |
9490 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names', | |
9491 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and | |
9492 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'. | |
9493 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing | |
9494 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was | |
9495 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its | |
9496 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil) | |
9497 | |
9498 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\ | |
9499 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'. | |
9500 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay') | |
9501 to its second argument TM." nil nil) | |
9502 | |
9503 ;;;*** | |
9504 | |
9505 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el" | |
9506 ;;;;;; (12536 45574)) | |
9507 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el | |
9508 | |
9509 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\ | |
9510 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil) | |
9511 | |
9512 ;;;*** | |
9513 | |
9514 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" | |
25998 | 9515 ;;;;;; (13552 32940)) |
25876 | 9516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el |
9517 | |
9518 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\ | |
9519 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2. | |
9520 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c | |
9521 followed by the first character of the construct. | |
9522 \\<m2-mode-map> | |
9523 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case | |
9524 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else | |
9525 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header | |
9526 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module | |
9527 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or | |
9528 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with | |
9529 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio | |
9530 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until | |
9531 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while | |
9532 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import | |
9533 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment | |
9534 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle | |
9535 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error | |
9536 \\[m2-link] link | |
9537 | |
9538 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation. | |
9539 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program. | |
9540 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil) | |
9541 | |
9542 ;;;*** | |
9543 | |
9544 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118 | |
25998 | 9545 ;;;;;; 2283)) |
25876 | 9546 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el |
9547 | |
9548 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\ | |
9549 Toggle Mouse Sel mode. | |
9550 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
9551 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on). | |
9552 | |
9553 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways: | |
9554 | |
9555 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it. | |
9556 | |
9557 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well. | |
9558 | |
9559 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words. | |
9560 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols. | |
9561 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps. | |
9562 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace. | |
9563 Triple-clicking selects lines. | |
9564 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs. | |
9565 | |
9566 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect | |
9567 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection | |
9568 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function | |
9569 and interprogram-paste-function to nil. | |
9570 | |
9571 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at | |
9572 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil). | |
9573 | |
9574 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection | |
9575 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it. | |
9576 | |
9577 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection. | |
9578 | |
9579 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2 | |
9580 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the | |
9581 primary selection and region." t nil) | |
9582 | |
9583 ;;;*** | |
9584 | |
25998 | 9585 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750)) |
25876 | 9586 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el |
9587 | |
9588 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\ | |
9589 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil) | |
9590 | |
9591 ;;;*** | |
9592 | |
25998 | 9593 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14263 63030)) |
25876 | 9594 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el |
9595 | |
9596 (defvar msb-mode nil "\ | |
9597 Toggle msb-mode. | |
9598 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
9599 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.") | |
9600 | |
9601 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9602 | |
9603 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb)) | |
9604 | |
9605 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\ | |
9606 Toggle Msb mode. | |
9607 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
9608 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a | |
9609 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil) | |
9610 | |
9611 ;;;*** | |
9612 | |
9613 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods | |
26724 | 9614 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories |
9615 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly | |
25876 | 9616 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" |
26899 | 9617 ;;;;;; (14406 33729)) |
25876 | 9618 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el |
9619 | |
9620 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9621 Display a list of all character sets. | |
9622 | |
9623 The ID column contains a charset identification number for internal Emacs use. | |
9624 The B column contains a number of bytes occupied in a buffer | |
9625 by any character in this character set. | |
9626 The W column contains a number of columns occupied on the screen | |
9627 by any character in this character set. | |
9628 | |
9629 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
9630 but still shows the full information." t nil) | |
9631 | |
9632 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9633 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil) | |
9634 | |
9635 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9636 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area. | |
9637 | |
9638 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\", | |
9639 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order | |
9640 at the place of `..': | |
9641 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer) | |
9642 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer) | |
9643 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system' | |
9644 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system) | |
9645 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system. | |
9646 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system) | |
9647 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9648 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9649 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9650 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any) | |
9651 `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
9652 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system | |
9653 `default-process-coding-system' for read | |
9654 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read | |
9655 `default-process-coding-system' for write | |
9656 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil) | |
9657 | |
9658 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9659 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil) | |
9660 | |
9661 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9662 Display a list of all coding systems. | |
9663 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system. | |
9664 | |
9665 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
9666 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil) | |
9667 | |
26724 | 9668 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\ |
9669 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil) | |
9670 | |
25876 | 9671 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\ |
9672 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil) | |
9673 | |
9674 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9675 Display information of FONTSET. | |
9676 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts | |
9677 contained in FONTSET. | |
9678 | |
9679 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset | |
9680 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this | |
9681 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any | |
9682 frame. | |
9683 | |
9684 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters: | |
9685 o -- font already opened | |
9686 - -- font not yet opened | |
9687 x -- font can't be opened | |
9688 ? -- no font specified | |
9689 | |
9690 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set | |
9691 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil) | |
9692 | |
9693 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9694 Display a list of all fontsets. | |
9695 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset. | |
9696 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset; | |
9697 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil) | |
9698 | |
9699 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9700 Display information about all input methods." t nil) | |
9701 | |
9702 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9703 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule). | |
9704 | |
9705 This shows various information related to the current multilingual | |
9706 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems, | |
9707 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window | |
9708 system which uses fontsets)." t nil) | |
9709 | |
9710 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9711 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'. | |
9712 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
9713 | |
9714 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\ | |
9715 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'. | |
9716 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
9717 | |
9718 ;;;*** | |
9719 | |
26899 | 9720 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority |
9721 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode | |
25876 | 9722 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion |
9723 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic | |
9724 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width | |
9725 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" | |
26963 | 9726 ;;;;;; (14423 50997)) |
25876 | 9727 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el |
9728 | |
9729 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\ | |
9730 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING. | |
9731 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil) | |
9732 | |
9733 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list))) | |
9734 | |
9735 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector))) | |
9736 | |
9737 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\ | |
9738 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil) | |
9739 | |
9740 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\ | |
9741 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN. | |
26724 | 9742 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies |
25876 | 9743 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying |
9744 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. | |
9745 | |
26724 | 9746 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character |
25876 | 9747 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, |
9748 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR. | |
9749 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result | |
9750 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR. | |
9751 | |
9752 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so | |
9753 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil) | |
9754 | |
9755 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width)) | |
9756 | |
9757 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.\n\nNested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is\nany Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form\n(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).\n\nYou can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key\nsequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ\ncan be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj)))) | |
9758 | |
9759 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
9760 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST. | |
9761 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ | |
9762 is considered. | |
9763 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq | |
9764 longer than KEYSEQ. | |
9765 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil) | |
9766 | |
9767 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
9768 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition. | |
9769 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ. | |
9770 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key. | |
9771 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which | |
9772 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ. | |
9773 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is | |
9774 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes | |
9775 to reach a leaf in ALIST. | |
9776 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil | |
9777 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil) | |
9778 | |
9779 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\ | |
9780 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil) | |
9781 | |
9782 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
9783 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil) | |
9784 | |
9785 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
9786 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil) | |
9787 | |
9788 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\ | |
9789 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil) | |
9790 | |
9791 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\ | |
9792 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil) | |
9793 | |
9794 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\ | |
9795 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical. | |
9796 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal | |
9797 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil) | |
9798 | |
9799 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\ | |
9800 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST. | |
9801 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding | |
9802 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro)) | |
9803 | |
9804 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\ | |
9805 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV. | |
9806 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the | |
9807 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil) | |
9808 | |
26899 | 9809 ;;;*** |
9810 | |
9811 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 52298)) | |
26724 | 9812 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el |
9813 | |
9814 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\ | |
9815 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil) | |
9816 | |
9817 ;;;*** | |
9818 | |
25876 | 9819 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9820 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host |
25876 | 9821 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net-utils.el" |
26724 | 9822 ;;;;;; (14385 24830)) |
25876 | 9823 ;;; Generated autoloads from net-utils.el |
9824 | |
9825 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\ | |
9826 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil) | |
9827 | |
9828 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\ | |
9829 Ping HOST. | |
9830 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting | |
9831 `ping-program-options'." t nil) | |
9832 | |
9833 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\ | |
9834 Run ipconfig program." t nil) | |
9835 | |
9836 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig)) | |
9837 | |
9838 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\ | |
9839 Run netstat program." t nil) | |
9840 | |
9841 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\ | |
9842 Run the arp program." t nil) | |
9843 | |
9844 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\ | |
9845 Run the route program." t nil) | |
9846 | |
9847 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\ | |
9848 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil) | |
9849 | |
9850 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\ | |
9851 Run nslookup program." t nil) | |
9852 | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9853 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\ |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9854 Run dig program." t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9855 |
25876 | 9856 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\ |
9857 Run ftp program." t nil) | |
9858 | |
9859 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\ | |
9860 Finger USER on HOST." t nil) | |
9861 | |
9862 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\ | |
9863 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable. | |
9864 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server | |
9865 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil) | |
9866 | |
9867 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil) | |
9868 | |
9869 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\ | |
9870 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil) | |
9871 | |
9872 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\ | |
9873 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil) | |
9874 | |
9875 ;;;*** | |
9876 | |
9877 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030 | |
9878 ;;;;;; 49490)) | |
9879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el | |
9880 | |
9881 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\ | |
9882 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions. | |
9883 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added | |
9884 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the | |
9885 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that | |
9886 symbol in the alist." nil nil) | |
9887 | |
9888 ;;;*** | |
9889 | |
9890 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" | |
9891 ;;;;;; (14030 49496)) | |
9892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el | |
9893 | |
9894 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\ | |
9895 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil) | |
9896 | |
9897 ;;;*** | |
9898 | |
9899 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el" | |
9900 ;;;;;; (14030 49502)) | |
9901 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el | |
9902 | |
9903 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\ | |
9904 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\". | |
9905 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil) | |
9906 | |
9907 ;;;*** | |
9908 | |
9909 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" | |
9910 ;;;;;; (14030 49514)) | |
9911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el | |
9912 | |
9913 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\ | |
9914 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil) | |
9915 | |
9916 ;;;*** | |
9917 | |
9918 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) | |
25998 | 9919 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539)) |
25876 | 9920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el |
9921 | |
9922 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\ | |
9923 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil) | |
9924 | |
9925 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
9926 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil) | |
9927 | |
9928 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
9929 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil) | |
9930 | |
9931 ;;;*** | |
9932 | |
9933 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) | |
25998 | 9934 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111)) |
25876 | 9935 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el |
9936 | |
9937 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\ | |
9938 Function to call to handle disabled commands. | |
9939 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.") | |
9940 | |
9941 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil) | |
9942 | |
9943 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\ | |
9944 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. | |
9945 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
9946 to future sessions." t nil) | |
9947 | |
9948 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\ | |
9949 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. | |
9950 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
9951 to future sessions." t nil) | |
9952 | |
9953 ;;;*** | |
9954 | |
9955 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" | |
9956 ;;;;;; (13611 44372)) | |
9957 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el | |
9958 | |
9959 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\ | |
9960 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format. | |
9961 \\{nroff-mode-map} | |
9962 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'. | |
9963 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting | |
9964 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil) | |
9965 | |
9966 ;;;*** | |
9967 | |
9968 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el" | |
25998 | 9969 ;;;;;; (13145 50478)) |
25876 | 9970 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el |
9971 | |
9972 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\ | |
9973 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files. | |
9974 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files | |
9975 specified by `octave-help-files'. | |
9976 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil) | |
9977 | |
9978 ;;;*** | |
9979 | |
9980 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el" | |
25998 | 9981 ;;;;;; (14302 32388)) |
25876 | 9982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el |
9983 | |
9984 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\ | |
9985 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'. | |
9986 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'. | |
9987 | |
9988 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer. | |
9989 | |
9990 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as | |
9991 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup. | |
9992 | |
9993 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in | |
9994 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default | |
9995 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil) | |
9996 | |
9997 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave)) | |
9998 | |
9999 ;;;*** | |
10000 | |
10001 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el" | |
26724 | 10002 ;;;;;; (14358 1330)) |
25876 | 10003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el |
10004 | |
10005 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\ | |
10006 Major mode for editing Octave code. | |
10007 | |
10008 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with | |
10009 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by | |
10010 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with | |
10011 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it). | |
10012 | |
10013 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical | |
10014 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for | |
10015 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions | |
10016 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which | |
10017 is why you need this mode!). | |
10018 | |
10019 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous | |
10020 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete | |
10021 source and binaries for several popular systems are available. | |
10022 | |
10023 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords. | |
10024 | |
10025 Keybindings | |
10026 =========== | |
10027 | |
10028 \\{octave-mode-map} | |
10029 | |
10030 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode | |
10031 ============================================== | |
10032 | |
10033 octave-auto-indent | |
10034 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space. | |
10035 Default is nil. | |
10036 | |
10037 octave-auto-newline | |
10038 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon. | |
10039 Default is nil. | |
10040 | |
10041 octave-blink-matching-block | |
10042 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space, | |
10043 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t. | |
10044 | |
10045 octave-block-offset | |
10046 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures. | |
10047 Default is 2. | |
10048 | |
10049 octave-continuation-offset | |
10050 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines. | |
10051 Default is 4. | |
10052 | |
10053 octave-continuation-string | |
10054 String used for Octave continuation lines. | |
10055 Default is a backslash. | |
10056 | |
10057 octave-mode-startup-message | |
10058 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message. | |
10059 Default is t. | |
10060 | |
10061 octave-send-echo-input | |
10062 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a | |
10063 command to the inferior Octave process. | |
10064 | |
10065 octave-send-line-auto-forward | |
10066 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after | |
10067 sending a line to the inferior Octave process. | |
10068 | |
10069 octave-send-echo-input | |
10070 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process. | |
10071 | |
10072 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'. | |
10073 | |
10074 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the | |
10075 following lines to your `.emacs' file: | |
10076 | |
10077 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t) | |
10078 (setq auto-mode-alist | |
10079 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
10080 | |
10081 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features, | |
10082 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well: | |
10083 | |
10084 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook | |
10085 (lambda () | |
10086 (abbrev-mode 1) | |
10087 (auto-fill-mode 1) | |
10088 (if (eq window-system 'x) | |
10089 (font-lock-mode 1)))) | |
10090 | |
10091 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer. | |
10092 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information | |
10093 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, | |
10094 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil) | |
10095 | |
10096 ;;;*** | |
10097 | |
10098 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el" | |
10099 ;;;;;; (14045 29891)) | |
10100 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el | |
10101 | |
10102 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\ | |
10103 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil) | |
10104 | |
10105 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\ | |
10106 Edit a list of Emacs user option values. | |
10107 Selects a buffer containing such a list, | |
10108 in which there are commands to set the option values. | |
10109 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands. | |
10110 | |
10111 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil) | |
10112 | |
10113 ;;;*** | |
10114 | |
10115 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el" | |
25998 | 10116 ;;;;;; (14249 42166)) |
25876 | 10117 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el |
10118 | |
10119 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\ | |
10120 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display. | |
10121 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings, | |
10122 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines. | |
10123 | |
10124 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily | |
10125 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end | |
10126 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked | |
10127 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...). | |
10128 | |
10129 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map> | |
10130 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings | |
10131 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading | |
10132 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings | |
10133 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level | |
10134 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading | |
10135 | |
10136 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings). | |
10137 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible. | |
10138 | |
10139 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line. | |
10140 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading. | |
10141 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible. | |
10142 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible. | |
10143 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible. | |
10144 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down. | |
10145 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down. | |
10146 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible. | |
10147 \\[show-entry] make it visible. | |
10148 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible. | |
10149 The subheadings remain visible. | |
10150 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible. | |
10151 | |
10152 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading. | |
10153 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the | |
10154 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level. | |
10155 | |
10156 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of | |
10157 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil) | |
10158 | |
10159 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\ | |
10160 Toggle Outline minor mode. | |
10161 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
10162 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil) | |
10163 | |
10164 ;;;*** | |
10165 | |
25998 | 10166 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" |
10167 ;;;;;; (14316 49544)) | |
25876 | 10168 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el |
10169 | |
25998 | 10170 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\ |
10171 *Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
10172 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
10173 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time. | |
10174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
10175 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.") | |
10176 | |
10177 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10178 | |
10179 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren)) | |
10180 | |
25876 | 10181 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\ |
10182 Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
10183 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
10184 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on). | |
10185 | |
10186 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
10187 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil) | |
10188 | |
10189 ;;;*** | |
10190 | |
25998 | 10191 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14263 |
10192 ;;;;;; 35958)) | |
25876 | 10193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el |
10194 | |
10195 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\ | |
10196 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map> | |
10197 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
10198 | |
10199 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code | |
10200 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point. | |
10201 | |
10202 Other useful functions are: | |
10203 | |
10204 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function. | |
10205 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end; | |
10206 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *) | |
10207 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments. | |
10208 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area]. | |
10209 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function. | |
10210 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function. | |
10211 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer. | |
10212 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline). | |
10213 | |
10214 Variables controlling indentation/edit style: | |
10215 | |
10216 pascal-indent-level (default 3) | |
10217 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block. | |
10218 pascal-case-indent (default 2) | |
10219 Indentation for case statements. | |
10220 pascal-auto-newline (default nil) | |
10221 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation | |
10222 mark after an end. | |
10223 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t) | |
10224 Non-nil means nested functions are indented. | |
10225 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t) | |
10226 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line, | |
10227 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
10228 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t) | |
10229 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and | |
10230 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces. | |
10231 pascal-auto-lineup (default t) | |
10232 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done. | |
10233 | |
10234 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and | |
10235 pascal-separator-keywords. | |
10236 | |
10237 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with | |
10238 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
10239 | |
10240 ;;;*** | |
10241 | |
10242 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el" | |
25998 | 10243 ;;;;;; (13229 29217)) |
25876 | 10244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el |
10245 | |
10246 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\ | |
10247 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility. | |
10248 The keys affected are: | |
10249 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward. | |
10250 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would). | |
10251 M-Backspace does undo. | |
10252 Home and End move to beginning and end of line | |
10253 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer. | |
10254 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil) | |
10255 | |
10256 ;;;*** | |
10257 | |
10258 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" | |
25998 | 10259 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216)) |
25876 | 10260 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el |
10261 | |
10262 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\ | |
10263 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style. | |
10264 | |
10265 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
10266 | |
10267 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions | |
10268 which modify the status of the mark. | |
10269 | |
10270 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark. | |
10271 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind. | |
10272 | |
10273 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark. | |
10274 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind. | |
10275 | |
10276 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark. | |
10277 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark | |
10278 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the | |
10279 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before | |
10280 turning pc-selection-mode on. | |
10281 | |
10282 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark. | |
10283 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind. | |
10284 | |
10285 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark. | |
10286 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
10287 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead. | |
10288 | |
10289 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark. | |
10290 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
10291 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead. | |
10292 | |
10293 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark. | |
10294 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind. | |
10295 | |
10296 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region'). | |
10297 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank'). | |
10298 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill'). | |
10299 | |
10300 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set | |
10301 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el | |
10302 but before calling pc-selection-mode): | |
10303 | |
10304 F6 other-window | |
10305 DELETE delete-char | |
10306 C-DELETE kill-line | |
10307 M-DELETE kill-word | |
10308 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp | |
10309 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word | |
10310 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil) | |
10311 | |
10312 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ | |
10313 Toggle PC Selection mode. | |
10314 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style, | |
10315 and cursor movement commands. | |
10316 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
10317 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.") | |
10318 | |
10319 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10320 | |
10321 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select)) | |
10322 | |
10323 ;;;*** | |
10324 | |
10325 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" | |
25998 | 10326 ;;;;;; (13639 61036)) |
25876 | 10327 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el |
10328 | |
10329 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\ | |
10330 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
10331 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets. | |
10332 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
10333 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n. | |
10334 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
10335 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
10336 \\{perl-mode-map} | |
10337 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
10338 perl-tab-always-indent | |
10339 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line, | |
10340 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
10341 perl-tab-to-comment | |
10342 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will | |
10343 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move | |
10344 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment. | |
10345 perl-nochange | |
10346 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented. | |
10347 perl-indent-level | |
10348 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
10349 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
10350 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
10351 perl-continued-statement-offset | |
10352 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
10353 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
10354 perl-continued-brace-offset | |
10355 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
10356 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
10357 perl-brace-offset | |
10358 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
10359 perl-brace-imaginary-offset | |
10360 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
10361 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
10362 perl-label-offset | |
10363 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
10364 | |
10365 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW | |
10366 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4 | |
10367 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4 | |
10368 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4 | |
10369 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0 | |
10370 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0 | |
10371 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2 | |
10372 | |
10373 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
10374 | |
10375 ;;;*** | |
10376 | |
10377 ;;;### (autoloads (ph-query-form ph-expand-inline ph-get-phone ph-get-email) | |
10378 ;;;;;; "ph" "ph.el" (13623 48498)) | |
10379 ;;; Generated autoloads from ph.el | |
10380 | |
10381 (autoload (quote ph-get-email) "ph" "\ | |
10382 Get the email field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil) | |
10383 | |
10384 (autoload (quote ph-get-phone) "ph" "\ | |
10385 Get the phone field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil) | |
10386 | |
10387 (autoload (quote ph-expand-inline) "ph" "\ | |
10388 Query the PH server, and expand the query string before point. | |
10389 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to | |
10390 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. If it contains more than | |
10391 one word, the variable `ph-inline-query-format-list' controls to map these | |
10392 onto CCSO database field names. | |
10393 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by | |
10394 `ph-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point. | |
10395 If REPLACE is t, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer. | |
10396 If `ph-expanding-overwrites-query' is t, that inverts the meaning of REPLACE." t nil) | |
10397 | |
10398 (autoload (quote ph-query-form) "ph" "\ | |
10399 Display a form to query the CCSO PH/QI nameserver. | |
10400 If given a non-nil argument the function first queries the server | |
10401 for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil) | |
10402 | |
10403 ;;;*** | |
10404 | |
10405 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" | |
26724 | 10406 ;;;;;; (14348 33291)) |
25876 | 10407 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el |
10408 | |
10409 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\ | |
10410 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used. | |
10411 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion | |
10412 afterwards settable by these commands: | |
10413 C-c < Move left after insertion. | |
10414 C-c > Move right after insertion. | |
10415 C-c ^ Move up after insertion. | |
10416 C-c . Move down after insertion. | |
10417 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion. | |
10418 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion. | |
10419 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion. | |
10420 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion. | |
10421 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion. | |
10422 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion. | |
10423 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion. | |
10424 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion. | |
10425 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial | |
10426 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to | |
10427 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer | |
10428 with these commands: | |
10429 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line. | |
10430 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line. | |
10431 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character. | |
10432 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required. | |
10433 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required. | |
10434 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion. | |
10435 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion. | |
10436 Return Move to beginning of next line. | |
10437 You can edit tabular text with these commands: | |
10438 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character. | |
10439 `Indents' relative to a previous line. | |
10440 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list. | |
10441 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line. | |
10442 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value. | |
10443 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars | |
10444 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually | |
10445 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops]. | |
10446 You can manipulate text with these commands: | |
10447 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving. | |
10448 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d. | |
10449 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them. | |
10450 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared | |
10451 text is saved in the kill ring. | |
10452 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line. | |
10453 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands: | |
10454 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it. | |
10455 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register. | |
10456 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point. | |
10457 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register. | |
10458 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point. | |
10459 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register. | |
10460 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands | |
10461 commands if invoked soon enough. | |
10462 You can return to the previous mode with: | |
10463 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line. | |
10464 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument. | |
10465 | |
10466 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil. | |
10467 | |
10468 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but | |
10469 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil) | |
10470 | |
10471 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode)) | |
10472 | |
10473 ;;;*** | |
10474 | |
10475 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" | |
10476 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15913)) | |
10477 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el | |
10478 | |
10479 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\ | |
10480 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. | |
10481 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read' | |
10482 can handle, whenever this is possible. | |
10483 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil) | |
10484 | |
10485 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\ | |
10486 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer. | |
10487 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used | |
10488 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list | |
10489 in the variable `values'." t nil) | |
10490 | |
10491 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\ | |
10492 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see). | |
10493 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer. | |
10494 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil) | |
10495 | |
10496 ;;;*** | |
10497 | |
10498 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" | |
25998 | 10499 ;;;;;; (13446 12665)) |
25876 | 10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el |
10501 | |
10502 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\ | |
10503 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs. | |
10504 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments. | |
10505 Commands: | |
10506 \\{prolog-mode-map} | |
10507 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' | |
10508 if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
10509 | |
10510 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\ | |
10511 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil) | |
10512 | |
10513 ;;;*** | |
10514 | |
26724 | 10515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101)) |
25876 | 10516 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el |
10517 | |
10518 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\ | |
10519 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files. | |
10520 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").") | |
10521 | |
10522 ;;;*** | |
10523 | |
26724 | 10524 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380 |
26899 | 10525 ;;;;;; 3920)) |
25998 | 10526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el |
10527 | |
10528 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\ | |
10529 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs. | |
10530 | |
10531 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'. | |
10532 | |
10533 The following variables hold user options, and can | |
10534 be set through the `customize' command: | |
10535 | |
10536 ps-mode-auto-indent | |
10537 ps-mode-tab | |
10538 ps-mode-paper-size | |
10539 ps-mode-print-function | |
10540 ps-run-prompt | |
26724 | 10541 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2 |
25998 | 10542 ps-run-x |
10543 ps-run-dumb | |
10544 ps-run-init | |
10545 ps-run-error-line-numbers | |
26724 | 10546 ps-run-tmp-dir |
25998 | 10547 |
10548 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options. | |
10549 | |
10550 | |
10551 \\{ps-mode-map} | |
10552 | |
10553 | |
10554 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start], | |
10555 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called. | |
10556 The keymap for this second window is: | |
10557 | |
10558 \\{ps-run-mode-map} | |
10559 | |
10560 | |
10561 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message | |
10562 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring | |
10563 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input | |
10564 to the interpreter was sent from that window. | |
10565 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect. | |
10566 " t nil) | |
10567 | |
10568 ;;;*** | |
10569 | |
25876 | 10570 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize |
26899 | 10571 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font |
27164 | 10572 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" |
10573 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14450 60461)) | |
25876 | 10574 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el |
10575 | |
27164 | 10576 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\ |
10577 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling. | |
10578 | |
10579 Valid values are: | |
10580 | |
10581 nil This is the value to use the default settings which | |
10582 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII | |
10583 and Latin characters. The default setting can be | |
10584 changed by setting the variable | |
10585 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently. | |
10586 The initial value of this variable is | |
10587 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see | |
10588 documentation). | |
10589 | |
10590 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese | |
10591 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print | |
10592 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and | |
10593 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present, | |
10594 it was not tested the Korean characters printing. | |
10595 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please, | |
10596 test it. | |
10597 | |
10598 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print | |
10599 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin | |
10600 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution | |
10601 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font | |
10602 source file. BDF fonts are included in | |
10603 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts | |
10604 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to | |
10605 use this value, be sure to have installed | |
10606 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable | |
10607 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for | |
10608 documentation of this variable). | |
10609 | |
10610 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used | |
10611 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1 | |
10612 characters. This is convenient when you want or | |
10613 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on | |
10614 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family', | |
10615 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'. | |
10616 | |
10617 Any other value is treated as nil.") | |
10618 | |
25876 | 10619 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\ |
10620 Setup special ASCII font for STRING. | |
10621 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil) | |
10622 | |
10623 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
10624 | |
10625 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\ | |
10626 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO. | |
10627 | |
10628 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset. | |
10629 | |
10630 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
10631 | |
10632 Returns the value: | |
10633 | |
10634 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
10635 | |
10636 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
10637 the sequence." nil nil) | |
10638 | |
26899 | 10639 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\ |
10640 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO. | |
10641 | |
10642 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same | |
10643 composition. | |
10644 | |
10645 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
10646 | |
10647 Returns the value: | |
10648 | |
10649 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
10650 | |
10651 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
10652 the sequence." nil nil) | |
10653 | |
25876 | 10654 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\ |
10655 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil) | |
10656 | |
10657 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\ | |
10658 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO. | |
10659 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil) | |
10660 | |
10661 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
10662 | |
10663 ;;;*** | |
10664 | |
10665 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region | |
10666 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces | |
10667 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer | |
10668 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces | |
26963 | 10669 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-paper-type) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (14423 |
10670 ;;;;;; 50877)) | |
25876 | 10671 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el |
10672 | |
10673 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\ | |
26118
cac2b0da7b3a
Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26084
diff
changeset
|
10674 *Specify the size of paper to format for. |
25876 | 10675 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for |
10676 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.") | |
10677 | |
10678 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
10679 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
10680 | |
10681 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
10682 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image | |
10683 in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
10684 | |
10685 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
10686 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
10687 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
10688 | |
10689 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
10690 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
10691 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
10692 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
10693 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
10694 | |
10695 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
10696 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
10697 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
10698 | |
10699 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
10700 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
10701 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
10702 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
10703 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
10704 | |
10705 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
10706 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
10707 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
10708 local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
10709 | |
10710 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
10711 | |
10712 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
10713 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
10714 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
10715 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
10716 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
10717 | |
10718 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
10719 | |
10720 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
10721 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
10722 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
10723 | |
10724 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
10725 | |
10726 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
10727 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
10728 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
10729 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
10730 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
10731 | |
10732 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
10733 | |
10734 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\ | |
10735 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. | |
10736 | |
10737 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
10738 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript | |
10739 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
10740 | |
10741 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
10742 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
10743 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
10744 | |
10745 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\ | |
10746 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, | |
10747 using the current ps-print setup. | |
10748 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s | |
10749 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil) | |
10750 | |
10751 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
10752 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights. | |
10753 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
10754 | |
10755 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
10756 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights. | |
10757 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
10758 | |
10759 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\ | |
10760 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil) | |
10761 | |
10762 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\ | |
10763 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
10764 | |
10765 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged | |
10766 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
10767 | |
10768 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'. | |
10769 | |
10770 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil) | |
10771 | |
10772 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\ | |
10773 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
10774 | |
10775 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged | |
10776 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
10777 | |
10778 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form: | |
10779 | |
10780 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...) | |
10781 | |
10782 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol. | |
10783 | |
10784 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the | |
10785 foreground and background colors respectively. | |
10786 | |
10787 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols: | |
10788 bold - use bold font. | |
10789 italic - use italic font. | |
10790 underline - put a line under text. | |
10791 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text. | |
10792 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text. | |
10793 shadow - text will have a shadow. | |
10794 box - text will be surrounded by a box. | |
10795 outline - print characters as hollow outlines. | |
10796 | |
10797 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil) | |
10798 | |
10799 ;;;*** | |
10800 | |
10801 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal | |
10802 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout | |
10803 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el" | |
26963 | 10804 ;;;;;; (14423 51000)) |
25876 | 10805 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el |
10806 | |
10807 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\ | |
10808 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME. | |
10809 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil) | |
10810 | |
10811 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\ | |
10812 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE. | |
10813 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package. | |
10814 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS, | |
10815 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT, | |
10816 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST, | |
10817 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE. | |
10818 | |
10819 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area. | |
10820 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown | |
10821 with the currently selected translation being highlighted. | |
10822 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character | |
10823 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is | |
10824 shown. | |
10825 If it is nil, the current key is shown. | |
10826 | |
10827 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. | |
10828 | |
10829 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation | |
10830 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding | |
10831 command to be called. | |
10832 | |
10833 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept | |
10834 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a | |
10835 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the | |
10836 first candidate when the same key is entered later. | |
10837 | |
10838 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is | |
10839 selected automatically without allowing users to select another | |
10840 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of | |
10841 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other | |
10842 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set | |
10843 to t. | |
10844 | |
10845 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a | |
10846 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the | |
10847 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and | |
10848 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail. | |
10849 | |
10850 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show | |
10851 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters. | |
10852 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless | |
10853 this package defines no translations for single character keys. | |
10854 | |
10855 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode | |
10856 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys. | |
10857 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some | |
10858 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to | |
10859 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII | |
10860 characters to represent Vietnamese characters. | |
10861 | |
10862 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum | |
10863 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of | |
10864 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break | |
10865 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul | |
10866 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we | |
10867 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\". | |
10868 | |
10869 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which | |
10870 covers Quail translation region. | |
10871 | |
10872 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update | |
10873 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By | |
10874 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation | |
10875 for it) is inserted. | |
10876 | |
10877 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while | |
10878 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character | |
10879 vs. corresponding command to be called. | |
10880 | |
10881 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of | |
10882 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as | |
10883 non-Quail commands." nil nil) | |
10884 | |
10885 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ | |
10886 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE. | |
10887 | |
10888 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not | |
10889 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the | |
10890 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This | |
10891 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what | |
10892 you type is correctly handled." t nil) | |
10893 | |
10894 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\ | |
10895 Define translation rules of the current Quail package. | |
10896 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION. | |
10897 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
10898 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function. | |
10899 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
10900 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
10901 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
10902 for the translation. | |
10903 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
10904 | |
10905 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
10906 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro)) | |
10907 | |
10908 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\ | |
10909 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package. | |
26899 | 10910 |
10911 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
10912 which to install MAP. | |
10913 | |
25876 | 10914 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil) |
10915 | |
10916 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\ | |
10917 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package. | |
10918 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
10919 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, | |
10920 a function, or a cons. | |
10921 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
10922 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
10923 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
10924 for the translation. | |
10925 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function | |
10926 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the | |
10927 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function, | |
10928 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'. | |
10929 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
10930 | |
10931 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
10932 it is used to handle KEY. | |
10933 | |
10934 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package | |
10935 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the | |
10936 current Quail package. | |
10937 | |
10938 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION | |
10939 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil) | |
10940 | |
10941 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\ | |
10942 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil) | |
10943 | |
10944 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\ | |
10945 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME. | |
10946 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods; | |
10947 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory | |
10948 of the Emacs source tree. | |
10949 | |
10950 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME, | |
10951 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME. | |
10952 | |
10953 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional | |
10954 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory | |
10955 of each directory." t nil) | |
10956 | |
10957 ;;;*** | |
10958 | |
10959 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls | |
10960 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url | |
26899 | 10961 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "quickurl.el" (14388 11354)) |
25998 | 10962 ;;; Generated autoloads from quickurl.el |
25876 | 10963 |
10964 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\ | |
10965 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the | |
10966 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that | |
10967 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list. | |
10968 | |
10969 To make use of this do something like: | |
10970 | |
10971 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix) | |
10972 | |
10973 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).") | |
10974 | |
10975 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
10976 | |
10977 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
10978 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil) | |
10979 | |
10980 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\ | |
10981 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD. | |
10982 | |
10983 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination | |
10984 is decided." t nil) | |
10985 | |
10986 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
10987 | |
10988 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
10989 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil) | |
10990 | |
10991 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\ | |
10992 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil) | |
10993 | |
10994 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\ | |
10995 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list. | |
10996 | |
10997 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are: | |
10998 | |
10999 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil) | |
11000 | |
11001 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\ | |
11002 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil) | |
11003 | |
11004 ;;;*** | |
11005 | |
11006 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "rcompile.el" (13149 | |
25998 | 11007 ;;;;;; 16808)) |
25876 | 11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from rcompile.el |
11009 | |
11010 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\ | |
11011 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER. | |
11012 See \\[compile]." t nil) | |
11013 | |
11014 ;;;*** | |
11015 | |
25999 | 11016 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-cleanup recentf-save-list recentf-mode) |
26724 | 11017 ;;;;;; "recentf" "recentf.el" (14385 19861)) |
25999 | 11018 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el |
11019 | |
11020 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\ | |
11021 Toggle recentf mode. | |
11022 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
11023 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on). | |
11024 | |
11025 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that | |
11026 were operated on recently." t nil) | |
11027 | |
11028 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\ | |
11029 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil) | |
11030 | |
11031 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\ | |
11032 Remove all non-readable files from `recentf-list'." t nil) | |
11033 | |
11034 ;;;*** | |
11035 | |
25876 | 11036 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle |
11037 ;;;;;; open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle | |
11038 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle | |
25998 | 11039 ;;;;;; move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14273 29571)) |
25876 | 11040 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el |
11041 | |
11042 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\ | |
11043 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line. | |
11044 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by | |
25998 | 11045 spaces and tab. |
11046 | |
11047 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to | |
11048 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil) | |
25876 | 11049 |
11050 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11051 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle. |
11052 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the | |
11053 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region | |
11054 ends. | |
11055 | |
11056 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11057 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has | |
11058 to be deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 11059 |
11060 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11061 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
11062 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. | |
11063 | |
11064 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11065 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
11066 deleted." nil nil) | |
25876 | 11067 |
11068 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11069 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
11070 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil) | |
25876 | 11071 |
11072 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11073 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one. |
11074 | |
11075 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11076 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program. | |
11077 | |
11078 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
11079 deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 11080 |
11081 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
11082 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil) | |
11083 | |
11084 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
11085 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. | |
11086 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second | |
11087 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. | |
11088 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings. | |
11089 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner | |
11090 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil) | |
11091 | |
11092 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11093 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
11094 | |
25876 | 11095 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks, |
25998 | 11096 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle. |
11097 | |
11098 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11099 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text | |
11100 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil) | |
25876 | 11101 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name |
11102 | |
11103 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
11104 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line. | |
11105 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line | |
11106 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the | |
25998 | 11107 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted. |
11108 | |
11109 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11110 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil) | |
25876 | 11111 |
11112 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11113 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
11114 | |
11115 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11116 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion. | |
11117 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil) | |
25876 | 11118 |
11119 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11120 Blank out the region-rectangle. |
11121 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks. | |
11122 | |
11123 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11124 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the | |
11125 rectangle which were empty." t nil) | |
11126 | |
11127 ;;;*** | |
11128 | |
11129 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" | |
26963 | 11130 ;;;;;; (14425 19353)) |
25876 | 11131 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el |
11132 | |
11133 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\ | |
11134 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil) | |
11135 | |
11136 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\ | |
11137 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX. | |
11138 | |
25998 | 11139 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing |
11140 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'. | |
11141 | |
25876 | 11142 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'. |
11143 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and | |
11144 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a | |
11145 \\ref macro. | |
11146 | |
11147 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression | |
11148 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX | |
11149 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro. | |
11150 | |
25998 | 11151 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point |
11152 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with | |
11153 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index. | |
25876 | 11154 |
11155 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by | |
11156 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature. | |
11157 | |
11158 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format. | |
11159 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'. | |
11160 | |
11161 \\{reftex-mode-map} | |
11162 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu | |
11163 on the menu bar. | |
11164 | |
11165 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil) | |
11166 | |
25998 | 11167 ;;;*** |
11168 | |
11169 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" | |
26963 | 11170 ;;;;;; (14425 19348)) |
25998 | 11171 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el |
11172 | |
11173 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\ | |
25876 | 11174 Make a citation using BibTeX database files. |
11175 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with | |
11176 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the | |
11177 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according | |
11178 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer. | |
11179 | |
11180 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned. | |
11181 | |
26963 | 11182 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format. |
11183 | |
25876 | 11184 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document. |
11185 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When | |
11186 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will | |
11187 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'. | |
11188 | |
11189 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'. | |
11190 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'. | |
11191 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible. | |
11192 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil) | |
11193 | |
11194 ;;;*** | |
11195 | |
26963 | 11196 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el" |
11197 ;;;;;; (14425 19352)) | |
11198 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el | |
11199 | |
11200 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\ | |
11201 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document. | |
11202 This buffer was created with RefTeX. | |
11203 | |
11204 To insert new phrases, use | |
11205 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word | |
11206 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer. | |
11207 | |
11208 To index phrases use one of: | |
11209 | |
11210 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase | |
11211 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg) | |
11212 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases | |
11213 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases | |
11214 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region | |
11215 | |
11216 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases]. | |
11217 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info]. | |
11218 | |
11219 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual. | |
11220 | |
11221 Here are all local bindings. | |
11222 | |
11223 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil) | |
11224 | |
11225 ;;;*** | |
11226 | |
25876 | 11227 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
11228 ;;;;;; (14334 30885)) |
25876 | 11229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el |
11230 | |
11231 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
11232 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS. | |
11233 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps, | |
11234 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp | |
11235 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct. | |
11236 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp: | |
11237 | |
11238 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\"))) | |
11239 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren)) | |
11240 | |
11241 but typically contains more regexp grouping constructs. | |
11242 Use `regexp-opt-depth' to count them." nil nil) | |
11243 | |
11244 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
11245 Return the depth of REGEXP. | |
11246 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions) | |
11247 in REGEXP." nil nil) | |
11248 | |
11249 ;;;*** | |
11250 | |
25998 | 11251 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820)) |
25876 | 11252 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el |
11253 | |
11254 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\ | |
11255 Repeat most recently executed command. | |
11256 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use | |
11257 the prefix arg that was used before (if any). | |
11258 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor. | |
11259 | |
11260 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then | |
11261 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior | |
11262 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil) | |
11263 | |
11264 ;;;*** | |
11265 | |
11266 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" | |
26899 | 11267 ;;;;;; (14356 24489)) |
25876 | 11268 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el |
11269 | |
26724 | 11270 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\ |
11271 Begin submitting a bug report via email. | |
11272 | |
11273 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is | |
11274 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers, | |
11275 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function). | |
11276 | |
11277 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state' | |
11278 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are | |
11279 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text | |
11280 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is | |
11281 left after that text. | |
11282 | |
11283 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p' | |
11284 is non-nil. | |
11285 | |
11286 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information | |
11287 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send | |
11288 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which | |
11289 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil) | |
25876 | 11290 |
11291 ;;;*** | |
11292 | |
11293 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el" | |
25998 | 11294 ;;;;;; (13229 29317)) |
25876 | 11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el |
11296 | |
11297 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\ | |
11298 Make the current definition and/or comment visible. | |
11299 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the | |
11300 visibility of comments that precede it. | |
11301 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied. | |
11302 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the | |
11303 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the | |
11304 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment | |
11305 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get | |
11306 as much of the comment onscreen as possible. | |
11307 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and | |
11308 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of | |
11309 the comment lines. | |
11310 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun | |
11311 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line | |
11312 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only | |
11313 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the | |
11314 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil) | |
11315 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window) | |
11316 | |
11317 ;;;*** | |
11318 | |
11319 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679 | |
11320 ;;;;;; 50658)) | |
11321 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el | |
11322 | |
11323 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\ | |
11324 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil) | |
11325 | |
11326 ;;;*** | |
11327 | |
11328 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" | |
25998 | 11329 ;;;;;; (14283 6810)) |
25876 | 11330 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el |
11331 | |
11332 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\ | |
11333 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil) | |
11334 | |
11335 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\ | |
11336 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil) | |
11337 | |
11338 ;;;*** | |
11339 | |
11340 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "rlogin.el" (13845 29546)) | |
11341 ;;; Generated autoloads from rlogin.el | |
11342 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
11343 | |
11344 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\ | |
11345 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS. | |
11346 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain | |
11347 other arguments for `rlogin'. | |
11348 | |
11349 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection. | |
11350 | |
11351 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' | |
11352 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs). | |
11353 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists, | |
11354 a new buffer with a different connection will be made. | |
11355 | |
11356 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is | |
11357 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use. | |
11358 | |
11359 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to | |
11360 run. It can be a relative or absolute path. | |
11361 | |
11362 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to | |
11363 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in | |
11364 INPUT-ARGS. | |
11365 | |
11366 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the | |
11367 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to | |
11368 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes | |
11369 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This | |
11370 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory. | |
11371 | |
11372 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default | |
11373 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory. | |
11374 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine | |
11375 share the same files via NFS. This is the default. | |
11376 | |
11377 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the | |
11378 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the | |
11379 variable." t nil) | |
11380 | |
11381 ;;;*** | |
11382 | |
11383 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode | |
11384 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory | |
11385 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output | |
11386 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers | |
11387 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names) | |
26899 | 11388 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14384 6041)) |
25876 | 11389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el |
11390 | |
11391 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\ | |
11392 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages. | |
11393 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address | |
11394 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.") | |
11395 | |
11396 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\ | |
11397 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of | |
11398 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set | |
11399 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default | |
11400 value is the user's name.) | |
11401 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.") | |
11402 | |
11403 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\ | |
11404 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide. | |
11405 This variable is used for reformatting the message header, | |
11406 which normally happens once for each message, | |
11407 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail. | |
11408 To make a change in this variable take effect | |
11409 for a message that you have already viewed, | |
11410 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.") | |
11411 | |
11412 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\ | |
11413 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display. | |
11414 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by | |
11415 `rmail-ignored-headers'.") | |
11416 | |
11417 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\ | |
11418 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.") | |
11419 | |
11420 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\ | |
11421 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight. | |
11422 A value of nil means don't highlight. | |
11423 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.") | |
11424 | |
11425 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\ | |
11426 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.") | |
11427 | |
11428 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\ | |
11429 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.") | |
11430 | |
11431 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\ | |
11432 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'. | |
11433 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\") | |
11434 \(the name varies depending on the operating system, | |
11435 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).") | |
11436 | |
11437 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\ | |
11438 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.") | |
11439 | |
11440 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\ | |
11441 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.") | |
11442 | |
11443 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\ | |
11444 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.") | |
11445 | |
11446 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\ | |
11447 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.") | |
11448 | |
11449 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\ | |
11450 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.") | |
11451 | |
11452 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\ | |
11453 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.") | |
11454 | |
11455 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\ | |
11456 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message. | |
11457 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is | |
11458 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.") | |
11459 | |
11460 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\ | |
11461 Coding system used in RMAIL file. | |
11462 | |
11463 This is set to nil by default.") | |
11464 | |
11465 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\ | |
11466 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature. | |
11467 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message. | |
11468 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message | |
11469 until a user explicitly requires it.") | |
11470 | |
11471 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\ | |
11472 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.") | |
11473 | |
11474 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\ | |
11475 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail. | |
11476 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, | |
11477 this feature is required with `require'.") | |
11478 | |
11479 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\ | |
11480 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification. | |
11481 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification, | |
11482 the message is decoded as normal way. | |
11483 | |
11484 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is | |
11485 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by | |
11486 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.") | |
11487 | |
11488 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\ | |
11489 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message. | |
11490 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.") | |
11491 | |
11492 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\ | |
11493 Read and edit incoming mail. | |
11494 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file) | |
11495 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode. | |
11496 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands. | |
11497 | |
11498 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on | |
11499 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file. | |
11500 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you | |
11501 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer. | |
11502 | |
11503 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil) | |
11504 | |
11505 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\ | |
11506 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files. | |
11507 All normal editing commands are turned off. | |
11508 Instead, these commands are available: | |
11509 | |
11510 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]). | |
11511 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message. | |
11512 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message. | |
11513 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message. | |
11514 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message. | |
11515 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not. | |
11516 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not. | |
11517 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file. | |
11518 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file. | |
11519 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file. | |
11520 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in. | |
11521 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted. | |
11522 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted. | |
11523 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages | |
11524 till a deleted message is found. | |
11525 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail. | |
11526 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages. | |
11527 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file. | |
11528 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer. | |
11529 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging. | |
11530 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file. | |
11531 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]). | |
11532 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before. | |
11533 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields. | |
11534 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message. | |
11535 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user. | |
11536 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it). | |
11537 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it). | |
11538 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line. | |
11539 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file. | |
11540 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line. | |
11541 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message. | |
11542 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label | |
11543 (label defaults to last one specified). | |
11544 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted. | |
11545 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label]. | |
11546 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label | |
11547 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message. | |
11548 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s). | |
11549 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s). | |
11550 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s). | |
11551 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s). | |
11552 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil) | |
11553 | |
11554 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\ | |
11555 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil) | |
11556 | |
11557 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\ | |
11558 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil) | |
11559 | |
11560 ;;;*** | |
11561 | |
11562 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el" | |
26899 | 11563 ;;;;;; (14387 64265)) |
25876 | 11564 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el |
11565 | |
11566 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\ | |
11567 Edit the contents of this message." t nil) | |
11568 | |
11569 ;;;*** | |
11570 | |
11571 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message | |
11572 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" | |
25998 | 11573 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164)) |
25876 | 11574 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el |
11575 | |
11576 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
11577 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
11578 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
11579 | |
11580 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
11581 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
11582 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
11583 | |
11584 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil) | |
11585 | |
11586 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
11587 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
11588 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
11589 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
11590 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
11591 | |
11592 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
11593 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
11594 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
11595 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
11596 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
11597 | |
11598 ;;;*** | |
11599 | |
11600 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el" | |
25998 | 11601 ;;;;;; (13772 51133)) |
25876 | 11602 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el |
11603 | |
11604 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\ | |
11605 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME. | |
11606 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas. | |
11607 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil) | |
11608 | |
11609 ;;;*** | |
11610 | |
11611 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output | |
11612 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" | |
25998 | 11613 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393)) |
25876 | 11614 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el |
11615 | |
11616 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\ | |
11617 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files. | |
11618 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP). | |
11619 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer. | |
11620 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use, | |
11621 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns | |
11622 a file name as a string.") | |
11623 | |
11624 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
11625 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME. | |
11626 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created. | |
11627 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs | |
11628 buffer visiting that file. | |
11629 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is | |
11630 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it. | |
11631 | |
11632 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file', | |
11633 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
11634 | |
11635 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
11636 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil) | |
11637 | |
11638 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\ | |
11639 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.") | |
11640 | |
11641 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\ | |
11642 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME. | |
11643 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
11644 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. | |
11645 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted. | |
11646 | |
11647 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then | |
11648 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages | |
11649 will be appended with their original headers. | |
11650 | |
11651 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file', | |
11652 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
11653 | |
11654 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not | |
11655 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message. | |
11656 | |
11657 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil) | |
11658 | |
11659 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
11660 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME. | |
11661 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil) | |
11662 | |
11663 ;;;*** | |
11664 | |
11665 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent | |
11666 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject | |
25998 | 11667 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054 |
11668 ;;;;;; 26387)) | |
25876 | 11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el |
11670 | |
11671 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11672 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date. | |
11673 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11674 | |
11675 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11676 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject. | |
11677 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11678 | |
11679 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11680 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author. | |
11681 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11682 | |
11683 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11684 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient. | |
11685 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11686 | |
11687 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11688 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent. | |
11689 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11690 | |
11691 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11692 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines. | |
11693 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
11694 | |
11695 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\ | |
11696 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels. | |
11697 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
11698 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil) | |
11699 | |
11700 ;;;*** | |
11701 | |
11702 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-summary-line-decoder rmail-summary-by-senders | |
11703 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients | |
11704 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary rmail-summary-line-count-flag | |
11705 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" | |
26899 | 11706 ;;;;;; (14419 37963)) |
25876 | 11707 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el |
11708 | |
11709 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\ | |
11710 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.") | |
11711 | |
11712 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\ | |
11713 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.") | |
11714 | |
11715 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11716 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil) | |
11717 | |
11718 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11719 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS. | |
11720 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil) | |
11721 | |
11722 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11723 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS. | |
11724 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers; | |
11725 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
11726 only look in the To and From fields. | |
11727 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
11728 | |
11729 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11730 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP. | |
11731 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message | |
11732 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line), | |
11733 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil) | |
11734 | |
11735 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11736 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT. | |
11737 Normally checks the Subject field of headers; | |
11738 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
11739 look in the whole message. | |
11740 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
11741 | |
11742 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\ | |
11743 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS. | |
11744 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil) | |
11745 | |
11746 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\ | |
11747 *Function to decode summary-line. | |
11748 | |
11749 By default, `identity' is set.") | |
11750 | |
11751 ;;;*** | |
11752 | |
11753 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el" | |
25998 | 11754 ;;;;;; (14263 36299)) |
25876 | 11755 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el |
11756 | |
11757 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\ | |
11758 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted. | |
11759 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands. | |
11760 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil) | |
11761 | |
11762 ;;;*** | |
11763 | |
11764 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13" | |
11765 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (13253 16866)) | |
11766 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el | |
11767 | |
11768 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\ | |
11769 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window. | |
11770 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil) | |
11771 | |
11772 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\ | |
11773 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil) | |
11774 | |
11775 ;;;*** | |
11776 | |
11777 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly | |
11778 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame | |
11779 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height | |
25998 | 11780 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409)) |
25876 | 11781 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el |
11782 | |
11783 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 11784 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11785 |
11786 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11787 | |
11788 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini)) | |
11789 | |
11790 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 11791 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11792 |
11793 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 11794 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11795 |
11796 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\ | |
25998 | 11797 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11798 |
11799 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 11800 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11801 |
11802 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 11803 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 11804 |
11805 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\ | |
25998 | 11806 This function is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 11807 |
11808 ;;;*** | |
11809 | |
11810 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" | |
27016 | 11811 ;;;;;; (14432 37919)) |
25876 | 11812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el |
11813 | |
11814 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
11815 Major mode for editing Scheme code. | |
27016 | 11816 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 11817 |
11818 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional | |
11819 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling | |
11820 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the | |
11821 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact | |
11822 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information | |
11823 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode. | |
11824 | |
11825 Commands: | |
11826 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
11827 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
11828 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
27016 | 11829 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook' |
25876 | 11830 if that value is non-nil." t nil) |
11831 | |
11832 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
11833 Major mode for editing DSSSL code. | |
27016 | 11834 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 11835 |
11836 Commands: | |
11837 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
11838 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
11839 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
11840 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then | |
11841 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if | |
11842 that variable's value is a string." t nil) | |
11843 | |
11844 ;;;*** | |
11845 | |
11846 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" | |
11847 ;;;;;; (14030 49534)) | |
11848 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el | |
11849 | |
11850 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\ | |
11851 Mode for editing Gnus score files. | |
11852 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode. | |
11853 | |
11854 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil) | |
11855 | |
11856 ;;;*** | |
11857 | |
26724 | 11858 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381 |
26899 | 11859 ;;;;;; 56615)) |
25876 | 11860 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el |
11861 | |
11862 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\ | |
11863 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source. | |
26724 | 11864 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added. |
25876 | 11865 \\{scribe-mode-map} |
11866 | |
11867 Interesting variables: | |
11868 | |
11869 scribe-fancy-paragraphs | |
11870 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation. | |
11871 | |
11872 scribe-electric-quote | |
11873 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context. | |
11874 | |
11875 scribe-electric-parenthesis | |
11876 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{') | |
11877 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil) | |
11878 | |
11879 ;;;*** | |
11880 | |
11881 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode | |
11882 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to | |
11883 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers | |
25998 | 11884 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from |
11885 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14256 32531)) | |
25876 | 11886 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el |
11887 | |
11888 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\ | |
11889 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look. | |
11890 | |
11891 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
11892 king@grassland.com | |
11893 If `parens', they look like: | |
11894 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
11895 If `angles', they look like: | |
11896 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
25998 | 11897 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field |
11898 derived from the envelope-from address. | |
11899 | |
11900 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused | |
11901 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address' | |
11902 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now | |
11903 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.") | |
11904 | |
11905 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\ | |
11906 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail. | |
11907 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'. | |
11908 | |
11909 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address | |
11910 is a privileged operation.") | |
25876 | 11911 |
11912 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\ | |
11913 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent. | |
11914 This is done when the message is initialized, | |
11915 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.") | |
11916 | |
11917 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\ | |
11918 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors. | |
11919 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.") | |
11920 | |
11921 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\ | |
11922 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.") | |
11923 | |
11924 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\ | |
11925 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
11926 The headers should be delimited by a line which is | |
11927 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.") | |
11928 | |
11929 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\ | |
11930 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.") | |
11931 | |
11932 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\ | |
11933 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none. | |
11934 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.") | |
11935 | |
11936 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\ | |
11937 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages. | |
11938 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable | |
11939 when you first send mail.") | |
11940 | |
11941 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\ | |
11942 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'. | |
11943 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different | |
11944 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs. | |
11945 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.") | |
11946 | |
11947 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\ | |
11948 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file. | |
11949 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by | |
11950 the `Mail' or `mailx' program. | |
11951 This file need not actually exist.") | |
11952 | |
11953 (defvar mail-signature nil "\ | |
11954 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized. | |
11955 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'. | |
11956 If a string, that string is inserted. | |
11957 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n, | |
11958 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.) | |
11959 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated | |
11960 and should insert whatever you want to insert.") | |
11961 | |
11962 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\ | |
11963 Major mode for editing mail to be sent. | |
11964 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
11965 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit | |
11966 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
11967 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject: | |
11968 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: | |
11969 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: | |
11970 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text). | |
11971 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file). | |
11972 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail). | |
11973 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
11974 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil) | |
11975 | |
11976 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\ | |
11977 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
11978 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
11979 and `default-sendmail-coding-system', | |
11980 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'. | |
25998 | 11981 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 11982 |
11983 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\ | |
11984 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
11985 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil. | |
11986 | |
11987 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. | |
11988 User should not set this variable manually, | |
11989 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding | |
11990 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment. | |
25998 | 11991 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 11992 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*") |
11993 | |
11994 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\ | |
11995 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase). | |
11996 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected. | |
11997 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil. | |
11998 | |
11999 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the | |
12000 end; see the variable `mail-signature'. | |
12001 | |
12002 \\<mail-mode-map> | |
12003 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit. | |
12004 | |
12005 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode | |
12006 to move to message header fields: | |
12007 \\{mail-mode-map} | |
12008 | |
12009 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted | |
12010 when the message is initialized. | |
12011 | |
12012 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string); | |
12013 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted. | |
12014 | |
12015 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name | |
12016 is inserted. | |
12017 | |
12018 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is | |
12019 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message. | |
12020 | |
12021 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says | |
12022 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer. | |
12023 | |
12024 The second through fifth arguments, | |
12025 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil | |
12026 the initial contents of those header fields. | |
12027 These arguments should not have final newlines. | |
12028 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an | |
12029 original message being replied to, or else an action | |
12030 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original. | |
12031 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything. | |
12032 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take | |
12033 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS); | |
12034 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS. | |
12035 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil) | |
12036 | |
12037 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\ | |
12038 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
12039 | |
12040 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\ | |
12041 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
12042 | |
12043 ;;;*** | |
12044 | |
25998 | 12045 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343)) |
25876 | 12046 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el |
12047 | |
12048 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\ | |
12049 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes. | |
12050 This starts a server communications subprocess through which | |
12051 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job. | |
12052 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the | |
12053 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\". | |
12054 | |
12055 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil) | |
12056 | |
12057 ;;;*** | |
12058 | |
12059 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" | |
26899 | 12060 ;;;;;; (14363 23788)) |
25876 | 12061 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el |
12062 | |
12063 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
12064 Major mode for editing SGML documents. | |
12065 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /. | |
12066 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on | |
12067 `sgml-quick-keys'. | |
12068 | |
12069 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around | |
12070 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, | |
12071 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region. | |
12072 | |
12073 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in | |
12074 your `.emacs' file. | |
12075 | |
12076 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser. | |
12077 | |
12078 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
12079 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do. | |
12080 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12081 | |
12082 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
12083 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents. | |
12084 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with | |
12085 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use | |
12086 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on | |
12087 which this is based. | |
12088 | |
12089 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
12090 | |
12091 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most | |
12092 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so | |
12093 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you | |
12094 can also view with a browser to see what happens: | |
12095 | |
12096 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can | |
12097 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6> | |
12098 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules. | |
12099 | |
12100 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are | |
12101 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as | |
12102 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or | |
12103 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands. | |
12104 | |
12105 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points | |
12106 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a | |
12107 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current | |
12108 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'. | |
12109 | |
12110 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">. | |
12111 | |
12112 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be | |
12113 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''. | |
12114 To work around that, do: | |
12115 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil)) | |
12116 | |
12117 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12118 | |
12119 ;;;*** | |
12120 | |
12121 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" | |
27016 | 12122 ;;;;;; (14432 40418)) |
25876 | 12123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el |
12124 | |
12125 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special)) | |
12126 | |
12127 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\ | |
12128 Major mode for editing shell scripts. | |
12129 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax, | |
12130 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned. | |
12131 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is | |
12132 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed. | |
12133 | |
12134 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by | |
12135 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This | |
12136 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to | |
12137 shell-specific features. | |
12138 | |
12139 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book. | |
12140 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The | |
12141 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax: | |
12142 | |
12143 \\[sh-case] case statement | |
12144 \\[sh-for] for loop | |
12145 \\[sh-function] function definition | |
12146 \\[sh-if] if statement | |
12147 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n | |
12148 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop | |
12149 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop | |
12150 \\[sh-select] select loop | |
12151 \\[sh-until] until loop | |
12152 \\[sh-while] while loop | |
12153 | |
25998 | 12154 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are: |
12155 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
12156 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
12157 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line | |
12158 would indent to the way it currently is. | |
12159 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the | |
12160 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted. | |
12161 | |
12162 | |
25876 | 12163 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab. |
12164 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one. | |
12165 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands. | |
12166 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands. | |
12167 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number. | |
12168 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell. | |
12169 | |
12170 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document. | |
12171 {, (, [, ', \", ` | |
12172 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``. | |
12173 | |
12174 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can | |
12175 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly | |
12176 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate. | |
12177 | |
12178 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret] | |
12179 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil) | |
12180 | |
12181 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode)) | |
12182 | |
12183 ;;;*** | |
12184 | |
12185 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" | |
25998 | 12186 ;;;;;; (13667 35245)) |
25876 | 12187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el |
12188 | |
12189 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\ | |
12190 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files. | |
12191 | |
12192 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the | |
12193 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp | |
12194 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a | |
12195 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by | |
12196 the earlier. | |
12197 | |
12198 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to | |
12199 | |
12200 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\") | |
12201 | |
12202 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then | |
12203 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of: | |
12204 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc. | |
12205 | |
12206 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless | |
12207 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file). | |
12208 | |
12209 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle | |
12210 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the | |
12211 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to | |
12212 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed | |
12213 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution. | |
12214 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX | |
12215 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new | |
12216 emacs version). | |
12217 | |
12218 This function performs these checks and flags all possible | |
12219 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc | |
12220 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file | |
12221 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is | |
12222 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa. | |
12223 | |
12224 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a | |
12225 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the | |
12226 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil) | |
12227 | |
12228 ;;;*** | |
12229 | |
12230 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el" | |
25998 | 12231 ;;;;;; (14263 35978)) |
25876 | 12232 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el |
12233 | |
12234 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\ | |
12235 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell. | |
12236 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well. | |
12237 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the | |
12238 shell buffer. | |
12239 | |
12240 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does, | |
12241 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input | |
12242 on lines which don't start with a prompt. | |
12243 | |
12244 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.") | |
12245 | |
12246 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\ | |
12247 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*. | |
12248 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell. | |
12249 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'. | |
12250 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name', | |
12251 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable, | |
12252 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL. | |
12253 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input | |
12254 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell | |
12255 discards input when it starts up.) | |
12256 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input | |
12257 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'. | |
12258 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
12259 | |
12260 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
12261 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
12262 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
12263 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell. | |
12264 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
12265 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
12266 | |
12267 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name | |
12268 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable, | |
12269 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell. | |
12270 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell. | |
12271 | |
12272 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
12273 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*") | |
12274 | |
12275 ;;;*** | |
12276 | |
25998 | 12277 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256 |
12278 ;;;;;; 23740)) | |
25876 | 12279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el |
12280 | |
12281 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\ | |
12282 Major mode for editing SIMULA code. | |
12283 \\{simula-mode-map} | |
12284 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
12285 simula-tab-always-indent | |
12286 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line, | |
12287 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
12288 simula-indent-level | |
12289 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block. | |
12290 simula-substatement-offset | |
12291 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE. | |
12292 simula-continued-statement-offset 3 | |
12293 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement, | |
12294 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple- | |
12295 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation | |
12296 with respect to the previous line of the statement. | |
12297 simula-label-offset -4711 | |
12298 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation. | |
12299 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0) | |
12300 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF. | |
12301 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr | |
12302 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF. | |
12303 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0) | |
12304 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the | |
12305 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is | |
12306 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation. | |
12307 simula-electric-indent nil | |
12308 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line' | |
12309 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented. | |
12310 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase | |
12311 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of | |
12312 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', | |
12313 or nil if they should not be changed. | |
12314 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table | |
12315 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be | |
12316 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', | |
12317 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. | |
12318 | |
12319 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook | |
12320 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil | |
12321 | |
12322 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling | |
12323 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not | |
12324 at all." t nil) | |
12325 | |
12326 ;;;*** | |
12327 | |
12328 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy | |
12329 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" | |
25998 | 12330 ;;;;;; (13940 33497)) |
25876 | 12331 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el |
12332 | |
12333 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\ | |
12334 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.") | |
12335 | |
12336 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\ | |
12337 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton. | |
12338 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name, | |
12339 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect. | |
12340 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro)) | |
12341 | |
12342 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\ | |
12343 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12344 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12345 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
12346 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
12347 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
12348 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
12349 | |
12350 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
12351 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
12352 ignored." t nil) | |
12353 | |
12354 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\ | |
12355 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12356 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12357 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
12358 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
12359 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
12360 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
12361 | |
12362 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
12363 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
12364 ignored." t nil) | |
12365 | |
12366 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\ | |
12367 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely. | |
12368 | |
12369 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point | |
12370 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. | |
12371 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first | |
12372 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton. | |
12373 | |
12374 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked | |
12375 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in | |
12376 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. | |
12377 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C. | |
12378 | |
12379 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the | |
12380 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the | |
12381 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element. | |
12382 | |
12383 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if | |
12384 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions. | |
12385 | |
12386 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also | |
12387 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are: | |
12388 | |
12389 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode | |
12390 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination | |
12391 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode | |
12392 @ add position to `skeleton-positions' | |
12393 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point | |
12394 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point | |
12395 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify') | |
12396 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled | |
12397 nil skipped | |
12398 | |
12399 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may | |
12400 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for | |
12401 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a | |
12402 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but | |
12403 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such | |
12404 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is | |
12405 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of | |
12406 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string. | |
12407 | |
12408 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects. | |
12409 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above. | |
12410 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an | |
12411 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them | |
12412 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are | |
12413 available: | |
12414 | |
12415 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR | |
12416 then: insert previously read string once more | |
12417 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil' | |
12418 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str | |
12419 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want | |
12420 | |
12421 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call | |
12422 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil) | |
12423 | |
12424 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\ | |
12425 Insert the character you type ARG times. | |
12426 | |
12427 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region | |
12428 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. | |
12429 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a | |
12430 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed. | |
12431 | |
12432 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else | |
12433 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the | |
12434 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil) | |
12435 | |
12436 ;;;*** | |
12437 | |
26899 | 12438 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14415 |
12439 ;;;;;; 42981)) | |
12440 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el | |
12441 | |
12442 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\ | |
12443 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program. | |
12444 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12445 | |
12446 ;;;*** | |
12447 | |
25876 | 12448 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" |
26899 | 12449 ;;;;;; (14342 21630)) |
25876 | 12450 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el |
12451 | |
12452 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil) | |
12453 | |
12454 ;;;*** | |
12455 | |
25998 | 12456 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733)) |
25876 | 12457 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el |
12458 | |
12459 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\ | |
12460 Play the Snake game. | |
12461 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border. | |
12462 | |
12463 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer. | |
12464 | |
12465 snake-mode keybindings: | |
12466 \\<snake-mode-map> | |
12467 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake | |
12468 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
12469 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
12470 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left | |
12471 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right | |
12472 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up | |
12473 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down | |
12474 | |
12475 " t nil) | |
12476 | |
12477 ;;;*** | |
12478 | |
12479 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "snmp-mode.el" | |
25998 | 12480 ;;;;;; (14082 18459)) |
25876 | 12481 ;;; Generated autoloads from snmp-mode.el |
12482 | |
12483 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
12484 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs. | |
12485 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
12486 Tab indents for C code. | |
12487 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
12488 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12489 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
12490 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then | |
12491 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
12492 | |
12493 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
12494 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs. | |
12495 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
12496 Tab indents for C code. | |
12497 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
12498 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12499 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
12500 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', | |
12501 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
12502 | |
12503 ;;;*** | |
12504 | |
12505 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name | |
12506 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form) | |
12507 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924)) | |
12508 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el | |
12509 | |
12510 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\ | |
12511 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted. | |
12512 | |
12513 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords | |
12514 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form, | |
12515 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings. | |
12516 | |
12517 For example, the form | |
12518 | |
12519 '(24-hours \":\" minutes | |
12520 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\")) | |
12521 | |
12522 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.") | |
12523 | |
12524 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\ | |
12525 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
12526 | |
12527 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
12528 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value | |
12529 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New | |
12530 York City. | |
12531 | |
12532 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
12533 | |
12534 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\ | |
12535 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
12536 | |
12537 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
12538 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value | |
12539 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New | |
12540 York City. | |
12541 | |
12542 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
12543 | |
12544 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\ | |
12545 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'. | |
12546 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude | |
12547 pair. | |
12548 | |
12549 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
12550 | |
12551 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\ | |
12552 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds. | |
12553 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date. | |
12554 | |
12555 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude, | |
12556 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time. | |
12557 | |
12558 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
12559 | |
12560 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\ | |
12561 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window. | |
12562 Requires floating point." nil nil) | |
12563 | |
12564 ;;;*** | |
12565 | |
12566 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672 | |
25998 | 12567 ;;;;;; 20348)) |
25876 | 12568 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el |
12569 | |
12570 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\ | |
12571 Play Solitaire. | |
12572 | |
12573 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire]. | |
12574 \\<solitaire-mode-map> | |
12575 Move around the board using the cursor keys. | |
12576 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key. | |
12577 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo]. | |
12578 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check]. | |
12579 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically | |
12580 check after each move or undo) | |
12581 | |
12582 What is Solitaire? | |
12583 | |
12584 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and | |
12585 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play: | |
12586 Initially, the board will look similar to this: | |
12587 | |
12588 Le Solitaire | |
12589 ============ | |
12590 | |
12591 o o o | |
12592 | |
12593 o o o | |
12594 | |
12595 o o o o o o o | |
12596 | |
12597 o o o . o o o | |
12598 | |
12599 o o o o o o o | |
12600 | |
12601 o o o | |
12602 | |
12603 o o o | |
12604 | |
12605 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one | |
12606 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The | |
12607 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last | |
12608 one in the middle of the board if you're cool. | |
12609 | |
12610 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole | |
12611 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either | |
12612 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like | |
12613 this: o o . | |
12614 | |
12615 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second, | |
12616 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o | |
12617 | |
12618 That's all. Here's the board after two moves: | |
12619 | |
12620 o o o | |
12621 | |
12622 . o o | |
12623 | |
12624 o o . o o o o | |
12625 | |
12626 o . o o o o o | |
12627 | |
12628 o o o o o o o | |
12629 | |
12630 o o o | |
12631 | |
12632 o o o | |
12633 | |
12634 Pick your favourite shortcuts: | |
12635 | |
12636 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12637 | |
12638 ;;;*** | |
12639 | |
12640 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields | |
12641 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs | |
25998 | 12642 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (13304 43541)) |
25876 | 12643 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el |
12644 | |
12645 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\ | |
12646 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them. | |
12647 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN. | |
12648 | |
12649 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces | |
12650 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of | |
12651 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the | |
12652 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be | |
12653 contiguous. | |
12654 | |
12655 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. | |
12656 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key. | |
12657 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12658 the sort order. | |
12659 | |
12660 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point | |
12661 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr. | |
12662 | |
12663 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record. | |
12664 It moves point to the start of the next record. | |
12665 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records. | |
12666 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr | |
12667 is called. | |
12668 | |
12669 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record. | |
12670 It should move point to the end of the record. | |
12671 | |
12672 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key. | |
12673 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or | |
12674 else the key is the substring between the values of point after | |
12675 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key | |
12676 starts at the beginning of the record. | |
12677 | |
12678 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key. | |
12679 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the | |
12680 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil) | |
12681 | |
12682 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\ | |
12683 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
12684 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
12685 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
12686 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12687 the sort order." t nil) | |
12688 | |
12689 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\ | |
12690 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
12691 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
12692 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
12693 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12694 the sort order." t nil) | |
12695 | |
12696 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\ | |
12697 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
12698 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
12699 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
12700 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12701 the sort order." t nil) | |
12702 | |
12703 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\ | |
12704 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
12705 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
12706 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region. | |
12707 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
12708 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
12709 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil) | |
12710 | |
12711 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\ | |
12712 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
12713 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
12714 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
12715 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
12716 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. | |
12717 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12718 the sort order." t nil) | |
12719 | |
12720 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\ | |
12721 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY. | |
12722 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted. | |
12723 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" | |
12724 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP) | |
12725 is to be used for sorting. | |
12726 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from | |
12727 RECORD-REGEXP is used. | |
12728 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used. | |
12729 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record. | |
12730 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored. | |
12731 | |
12732 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order. | |
12733 | |
12734 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12735 the sort order. | |
12736 | |
12737 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line | |
12738 starting with the letter \"f\", | |
12739 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil) | |
12740 | |
12741 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\ | |
12742 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns. | |
12743 For the purpose of this command, the region includes | |
12744 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in. | |
12745 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on. | |
12746 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order. | |
12747 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
12748 the sort order. | |
12749 | |
12750 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs, | |
12751 because tabs could be split across the specified columns | |
12752 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible, | |
12753 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs. | |
12754 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil) | |
12755 | |
12756 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\ | |
12757 Reverse the order of lines in a region. | |
12758 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil) | |
12759 | |
12760 ;;;*** | |
12761 | |
12762 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" | |
26724 | 12763 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14403 56247)) |
25876 | 12764 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el |
12765 | |
12766 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode)) | |
12767 | |
12768 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\ | |
12769 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off. | |
12770 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in | |
12771 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is | |
12772 supported at a time. | |
12773 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame. | |
12774 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil) | |
12775 | |
12776 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\ | |
12777 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame. | |
12778 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is | |
12779 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil) | |
12780 | |
12781 ;;;*** | |
12782 | |
12783 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) | |
25998 | 12784 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858)) |
25876 | 12785 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el |
12786 | |
12787 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
12788 | |
12789 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\ | |
12790 Check spelling of every word in the buffer. | |
12791 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling | |
12792 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences. | |
12793 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word | |
12794 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil) | |
12795 | |
12796 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\ | |
12797 Check spelling of word at or before point. | |
12798 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling | |
12799 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil) | |
12800 | |
12801 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\ | |
12802 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region. | |
12803 Used in a program, applies from START to END. | |
12804 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked: | |
12805 for example, \"word\"." t nil) | |
12806 | |
12807 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\ | |
12808 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil) | |
12809 | |
12810 ;;;*** | |
12811 | |
12812 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607 | |
25998 | 12813 ;;;;;; 43485)) |
25876 | 12814 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el |
12815 | |
12816 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\ | |
12817 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
12818 | |
12819 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\ | |
12820 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
12821 | |
12822 ;;;*** | |
12823 | |
12824 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" | |
26899 | 12825 ;;;;;; (14395 64704)) |
25876 | 12826 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el |
12827 | |
12828 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\ | |
25998 | 12829 Show short help for the SQL modes. |
25876 | 12830 |
12831 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is | |
12832 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi. | |
12833 | |
12834 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter: | |
12835 | |
12836 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres] | |
12837 | |
12838 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported: | |
12839 | |
12840 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql] | |
12841 Solid: \\[sql-solid] | |
12842 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle] | |
12843 Informix: \\[sql-informix] | |
12844 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase] | |
12845 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres] | |
12846 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms] | |
12847 | |
12848 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these. | |
12849 | |
12850 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the | |
12851 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt | |
12852 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions | |
12853 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc. | |
12854 | |
12855 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each | |
12856 entry function you want to use regularly: | |
12857 | |
12858 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t) | |
12859 | |
12860 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a | |
12861 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in | |
12862 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be | |
12863 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL. | |
12864 | |
12865 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire | |
12866 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are | |
12867 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil) | |
12868 | |
12869 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\ | |
12870 Major mode to edit SQL. | |
12871 | |
12872 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using | |
12873 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this. | |
12874 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers. | |
12875 | |
25998 | 12876 \\{sql-mode-map} |
25876 | 12877 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'. |
12878 | |
12879 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi | |
12880 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This | |
12881 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this | |
12882 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to | |
12883 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the | |
12884 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer]. | |
12885 | |
12886 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see | |
12887 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil) | |
12888 | |
12889 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\ | |
12890 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process. | |
12891 | |
12892 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
12893 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
12894 `*SQL*'. | |
12895 | |
12896 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses | |
12897 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set. | |
12898 | |
12899 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
12900 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
12901 | |
12902 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
12903 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
12904 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
12905 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
12906 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
25998 | 12907 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M, |
25876 | 12908 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help, |
12909 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this: | |
12910 | |
12911 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions | |
12912 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m))) | |
12913 | |
12914 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
12915 | |
12916 ;;;*** | |
12917 | |
12918 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help | |
12919 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke | |
12920 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke) | |
25998 | 12921 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (13337 50462)) |
25876 | 12922 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el |
12923 | |
12924 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\ | |
12925 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled") | |
12926 | |
12927 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12928 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND. | |
12929 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. | |
12930 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE | |
12931 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the | |
12932 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil) | |
12933 | |
12934 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke)) | |
12935 | |
12936 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12937 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
12938 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
12939 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being | |
12940 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable | |
12941 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil. | |
12942 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
12943 | |
12944 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12945 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
12946 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
12947 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This | |
12948 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and | |
12949 then complete the stroke with button3. | |
12950 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
12951 | |
12952 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12953 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand. | |
12954 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
12955 | |
12956 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12957 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command. | |
12958 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
12959 | |
12960 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
12961 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil) | |
12962 | |
12963 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke)) | |
12964 | |
12965 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\ | |
12966 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil) | |
12967 | |
12968 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\ | |
12969 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil) | |
12970 | |
12971 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes)) | |
12972 | |
12973 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\ | |
12974 Toggle strokes being enabled. | |
12975 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true. | |
12976 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor | |
12977 mode in all buffers when activated. | |
12978 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define | |
12979 new strokes with | |
12980 | |
12981 > M-x global-set-stroke | |
12982 | |
12983 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use | |
12984 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your | |
12985 strokes with | |
12986 | |
12987 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer | |
12988 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil) | |
12989 | |
12990 ;;;*** | |
12991 | |
12992 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" | |
26899 | 12993 ;;;;;; (14385 23496)) |
25876 | 12994 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el |
12995 | |
12996 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\ | |
12997 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation. | |
12998 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply | |
12999 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]' | |
13000 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the | |
13001 original message but it does require a few things: | |
13002 | |
13003 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer. | |
13004 | |
13005 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the | |
13006 reply buffer. | |
13007 | |
13008 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been | |
13009 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the | |
13010 original message. | |
13011 | |
13012 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers. | |
13013 | |
13014 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited. | |
13015 | |
13016 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't | |
13017 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run | |
13018 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil) | |
13019 | |
13020 ;;;*** | |
13021 | |
13022 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8735)) | |
13023 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el | |
13024 | |
13025 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\ | |
13026 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns. | |
13027 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
13028 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
13029 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
13030 | |
13031 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\ | |
13032 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible. | |
13033 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs | |
13034 when this can be done without changing the column they end at. | |
13035 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
13036 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
13037 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
13038 | |
13039 ;;;*** | |
13040 | |
25998 | 13041 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630)) |
25876 | 13042 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el |
13043 | |
13044 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\ | |
13045 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil) | |
13046 | |
13047 ;;;*** | |
13048 | |
25998 | 13049 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14293 62779)) |
25876 | 13050 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el |
13051 | |
13052 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\ | |
13053 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents. | |
13054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
13055 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
13056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer; | |
13057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer. | |
13058 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk. | |
13059 | |
13060 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
13061 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be | |
13062 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file | |
13063 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it. | |
13064 | |
13065 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'. | |
13066 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
13067 | |
13068 ;;;*** | |
13069 | |
25998 | 13070 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" |
13071 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428)) | |
13072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el | |
13073 | |
13074 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\ | |
13075 Major mode for editing Tcl code. | |
13076 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets. | |
13077 Tab indents for Tcl code. | |
13078 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
13079 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
13080 | |
13081 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
13082 tcl-indent-level | |
13083 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block. | |
13084 tcl-continued-indent-level | |
13085 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command. | |
13086 | |
13087 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable | |
13088 documentation for details): | |
13089 tcl-tab-always-indent | |
13090 Controls action of TAB key. | |
13091 tcl-auto-newline | |
13092 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets, | |
13093 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code. | |
13094 tcl-electric-hash-style | |
13095 Controls action of `#' key. | |
13096 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector | |
13097 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector. | |
13098 This variable is only used in Emacs 19. | |
13099 tcl-use-smart-word-finder | |
13100 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current | |
13101 word when looking up help on a Tcl command. | |
13102 | |
13103 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook' | |
13104 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for | |
13105 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions | |
13106 already exist. | |
13107 | |
13108 Commands: | |
13109 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13110 | |
13111 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\ | |
13112 Run inferior Tcl process. | |
13113 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively. | |
13114 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil) | |
13115 | |
13116 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\ | |
13117 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point. | |
13118 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil) | |
13119 | |
13120 ;;;*** | |
13121 | |
13122 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "telnet.el" (13858 52416)) | |
25876 | 13123 ;;; Generated autoloads from telnet.el |
13124 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
13125 | |
13126 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\ | |
13127 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
13128 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*' | |
13129 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program | |
13130 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties', | |
13131 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'. | |
13132 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
13133 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)") | |
13134 | |
13135 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\ | |
13136 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
13137 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'. | |
13138 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
13139 | |
13140 ;;;*** | |
13141 | |
25998 | 13142 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268 |
13143 ;;;;;; 17354)) | |
25876 | 13144 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el |
13145 | |
13146 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\ | |
13147 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
13148 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
13149 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. | |
13150 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to | |
13151 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
13152 | |
13153 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\ | |
13154 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
13155 | |
13156 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\ | |
13157 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
13158 | |
13159 ;;;*** | |
13160 | |
25998 | 13161 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280 |
13162 ;;;;;; 10588)) | |
25876 | 13163 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el |
13164 | |
13165 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\ | |
13166 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS. | |
13167 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT. | |
13168 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program, | |
13169 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that | |
13170 program as keyboard input. | |
13171 | |
13172 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS | |
13173 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell. | |
13174 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window | |
13175 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height. | |
13176 | |
13177 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands | |
13178 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it), | |
13179 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command. | |
13180 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram. | |
13181 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'. | |
13182 | |
13183 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator. | |
13184 | |
13185 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour | |
13186 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information: | |
13187 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing, | |
13188 terminal-redisplay-interval. | |
13189 | |
13190 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists | |
13191 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the | |
13192 subprocess started." t nil) | |
13193 | |
13194 ;;;*** | |
13195 | |
25998 | 13196 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411)) |
25876 | 13197 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el |
13198 | |
13199 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\ | |
13200 Play the Tetris game. | |
13201 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and | |
13202 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so | |
13203 as to form complete rows. | |
13204 | |
13205 tetris-mode keybindings: | |
13206 \\<tetris-mode-map> | |
13207 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris | |
13208 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
13209 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
13210 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left | |
13211 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right | |
13212 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise | |
13213 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise | |
13214 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area | |
13215 | |
13216 " t nil) | |
13217 | |
13218 ;;;*** | |
13219 | |
13220 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode | |
13221 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode | |
13222 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13223 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names | |
13224 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command | |
13225 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp | |
13226 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" | |
26899 | 13227 ;;;;;; (14365 35043)) |
25876 | 13228 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el |
13229 | |
13230 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\ | |
13231 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.") | |
13232 | |
13233 (defvar tex-directory "." "\ | |
13234 *Directory in which temporary files are written. | |
13235 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it | |
13236 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are | |
13237 `\\input' commands with relative directories.") | |
13238 | |
13239 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\ | |
13240 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include. | |
13241 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string; | |
13242 if it matches the first line of the file, | |
13243 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.") | |
13244 | |
13245 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\ | |
13246 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file. | |
13247 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file' | |
13248 if the variable is non-nil.") | |
13249 | |
13250 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\ | |
13251 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.") | |
13252 | |
13253 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\ | |
13254 *Command used to run TeX subjob. | |
13255 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
13256 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
13257 | |
13258 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\ | |
13259 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob. | |
13260 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
13261 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
13262 | |
13263 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\ | |
13264 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob. | |
13265 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
13266 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
13267 | |
13268 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\ | |
13269 *TeX options to use when running TeX. | |
13270 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option. | |
13271 See the documentation of `tex-command'.") | |
13272 | |
13273 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\ | |
13274 *User defined LaTeX block names. | |
13275 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.") | |
13276 | |
13277 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\ | |
13278 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data. | |
13279 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13280 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
13281 | |
13282 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
13283 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
13284 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13285 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
13286 | |
13287 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
13288 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file. | |
13289 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13290 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
13291 | |
13292 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable | |
13293 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want; | |
13294 for example, | |
13295 | |
13296 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13297 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \"))) | |
13298 | |
13299 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to | |
13300 use.") | |
13301 | |
13302 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\ | |
13303 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file. | |
13304 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13305 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
13306 | |
13307 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the | |
13308 window system being used. For example, | |
13309 | |
13310 (setq tex-dvi-view-command | |
13311 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) | |
13312 | |
13313 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty | |
13314 otherwise.") | |
13315 | |
13316 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\ | |
13317 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue. | |
13318 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.") | |
13319 | |
26724 | 13320 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\ |
25876 | 13321 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX. |
13322 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file | |
13323 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands. | |
13324 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.") | |
13325 | |
13326 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\ | |
13327 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
13328 | |
13329 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\ | |
13330 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
13331 | |
13332 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
13333 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX. | |
13334 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether | |
13335 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode', | |
13336 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined, | |
13337 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode' | |
13338 says which mode to use." t nil) | |
13339 | |
13340 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode)) | |
13341 | |
13342 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode)) | |
13343 | |
13344 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode)) | |
13345 | |
13346 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
13347 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX. | |
13348 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
13349 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
13350 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
13351 | |
13352 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\" | |
13353 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.), | |
13354 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
13355 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
13356 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13357 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13358 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
13359 | |
13360 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
13361 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
13362 | |
13363 Special commands: | |
13364 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
13365 | |
13366 Mode variables: | |
13367 tex-run-command | |
13368 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13369 tex-directory | |
13370 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs | |
13371 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13372 tex-dvi-print-command | |
13373 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
13374 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13375 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
13376 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
13377 tex-dvi-view-command | |
13378 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
13379 tex-show-queue-command | |
13380 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
13381 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
13382 | |
13383 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
13384 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the | |
13385 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
13386 | |
13387 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
13388 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX. | |
13389 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
13390 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
13391 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
13392 | |
13393 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
13394 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
13395 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
13396 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
13397 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13398 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13399 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
13400 | |
13401 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
13402 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
13403 | |
13404 Special commands: | |
13405 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
13406 | |
13407 Mode variables: | |
13408 latex-run-command | |
13409 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13410 tex-directory | |
13411 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs | |
13412 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13413 tex-dvi-print-command | |
13414 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
13415 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13416 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
13417 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
13418 tex-dvi-view-command | |
13419 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
13420 tex-show-queue-command | |
13421 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
13422 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
13423 | |
13424 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then | |
13425 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special | |
13426 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
13427 | |
13428 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
13429 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX. | |
13430 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
13431 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
13432 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
13433 | |
13434 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
13435 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
13436 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
13437 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
13438 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13439 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13440 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
13441 | |
13442 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
13443 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
13444 | |
13445 Special commands: | |
13446 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
13447 | |
13448 Mode variables: | |
13449 slitex-run-command | |
13450 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13451 tex-directory | |
13452 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs | |
13453 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13454 tex-dvi-print-command | |
13455 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
13456 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13457 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
13458 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
13459 tex-dvi-view-command | |
13460 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
13461 tex-show-queue-command | |
13462 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
13463 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
13464 | |
13465 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
13466 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook | |
13467 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook | |
13468 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
13469 | |
13470 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil) | |
13471 | |
13472 ;;;*** | |
13473 | |
13474 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) | |
25998 | 13475 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14263 36003)) |
25876 | 13476 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el |
13477 | |
13478 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\ | |
13479 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. | |
13480 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
13481 name specified in the @setfilename command. | |
13482 | |
13483 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table | |
13484 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and | |
13485 Info-split to do these manually." t nil) | |
13486 | |
13487 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\ | |
13488 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. | |
13489 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. | |
13490 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is | |
13491 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil) | |
13492 | |
13493 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\ | |
13494 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file. | |
13495 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
13496 names specified in the @setfilename command. | |
13497 | |
13498 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and | |
13499 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that | |
13500 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original | |
13501 Texinfo source buffer is not changed. | |
13502 | |
13503 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file | |
13504 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil) | |
13505 | |
13506 ;;;*** | |
13507 | |
13508 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" | |
25998 | 13509 ;;;;;; (14302 8279)) |
25876 | 13510 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el |
13511 | |
13512 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\ | |
13513 Major mode for editing Texinfo files. | |
13514 | |
13515 It has these extra commands: | |
13516 \\{texinfo-mode-map} | |
13517 | |
13518 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals | |
13519 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or | |
13520 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and | |
13521 modified version of TeX input format. | |
13522 | |
13523 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is | |
13524 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see | |
13525 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, | |
13526 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. | |
13527 | |
13528 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. | |
13529 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the | |
13530 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. | |
13531 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. | |
13532 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and | |
13533 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot | |
13534 in the Texinfo file. | |
13535 | |
13536 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various | |
13537 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these | |
13538 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with | |
13539 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to | |
13540 move forward past the closing brace. | |
13541 | |
13542 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or | |
13543 updating menus and node pointers. These functions | |
13544 | |
13545 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, | |
13546 * insert or update the menu for a section, and | |
13547 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. | |
13548 | |
13549 Here are the functions: | |
13550 | |
13551 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
13552 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
13553 texinfo-sequential-node-update | |
13554 | |
13555 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
13556 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
13557 texinfo-master-menu | |
13558 | |
13559 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
13560 | |
13561 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
13562 which menu descriptions are indented. | |
13563 | |
13564 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the | |
13565 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs | |
13566 in the region. | |
13567 | |
13568 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file | |
13569 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the | |
13570 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an | |
13571 `@chapter' or `@section' line. | |
13572 | |
13573 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and | |
13574 be the first node in the file. | |
13575 | |
13576 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the | |
13577 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil) | |
13578 | |
13579 ;;;*** | |
13580 | |
13581 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update | |
13582 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" | |
25998 | 13583 ;;;;;; (14263 36019)) |
25876 | 13584 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el |
13585 | |
13586 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
13587 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. | |
13588 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region. | |
13589 | |
13590 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their | |
13591 keybindings, are: | |
13592 | |
13593 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
13594 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
13595 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p) | |
13596 | |
13597 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
13598 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
13599 texinfo-master-menu () | |
13600 | |
13601 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
13602 | |
13603 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
13604 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil) | |
13605 | |
13606 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
13607 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil) | |
13608 | |
13609 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
13610 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers. | |
13611 | |
13612 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the | |
13613 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or | |
13614 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or | |
13615 `p' takes you straight through the file. | |
13616 | |
13617 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. | |
13618 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the | |
13619 marked region. | |
13620 | |
13621 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and | |
13622 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant | |
13623 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the | |
13624 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil) | |
13625 | |
13626 ;;;*** | |
13627 | |
26899 | 13628 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion |
25876 | 13629 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region |
13630 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" | |
26963 | 13631 ;;;;;; (14423 51008)) |
25876 | 13632 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el |
13633 | |
13634 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\ | |
13635 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil) | |
13636 | |
13637 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\ | |
13638 Compose Thai characters in the region. | |
13639 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
13640 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
13641 | |
13642 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\ | |
13643 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil) | |
13644 | |
13645 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\ | |
13646 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil) | |
13647 | |
13648 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil) | |
13649 | |
26899 | 13650 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\ |
13651 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO. | |
13652 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
13653 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
13654 to compose. | |
13655 | |
13656 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13657 |
13658 ;;;*** | |
13659 | |
13660 ;;;### (autoloads (thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing) | |
25998 | 13661 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (13916 30234)) |
25876 | 13662 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el |
13663 | |
13664 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\ | |
13665 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil) | |
13666 | |
13667 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
13668 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point. | |
13669 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
13670 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
13671 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
13672 | |
13673 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
13674 a symbol as a valid THING. | |
13675 | |
13676 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions | |
13677 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil) | |
13678 | |
13679 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
13680 Return the THING at point. | |
13681 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
13682 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
13683 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
13684 | |
13685 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
13686 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil) | |
13687 | |
13688 ;;;*** | |
13689 | |
13690 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion | |
26899 | 13691 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function |
13692 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan | |
13693 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p setup-tibetan-environment) | |
26963 | 13694 ;;;;;; "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14423 51008)) |
25876 | 13695 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el |
13696 | |
13697 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil) | |
13698 | |
26899 | 13699 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\ |
25876 | 13700 Check if char CH is Tibetan character. |
13701 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil) | |
13702 | |
26899 | 13703 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\ |
13704 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil) | |
13705 | |
13706 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13707 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string. | |
13708 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13709 |
13710 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 13711 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil) |
25876 | 13712 |
13713 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 13714 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil) |
13715 | |
13716 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-region) (quote decompose-region)) | |
13717 | |
13718 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-string) (quote decompose-string)) | |
13719 | |
13720 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
25876 | 13721 |
13722 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13723 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components. | |
26899 | 13724 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil) |
25876 | 13725 |
13726 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
13727 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer. | |
13728 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil) | |
13729 | |
13730 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
13731 | |
13732 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
13733 | |
13734 ;;;*** | |
13735 | |
26724 | 13736 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" |
26899 | 13737 ;;;;;; (14357 30900)) |
26724 | 13738 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el |
13739 | |
13740 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\ | |
13741 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END. | |
13742 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
13743 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
13744 parameters. | |
13745 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
13746 | |
13747 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\ | |
13748 Add hard spaces in the current buffer. | |
13749 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
13750 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
13751 parameters. | |
13752 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
13753 | |
13754 ;;;*** | |
13755 | |
25998 | 13756 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date |
13757 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14321 15854)) | |
25876 | 13758 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el |
13759 | |
25998 | 13760 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\ |
13761 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
13762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
13763 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.") | |
13764 | |
13765 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13766 | |
13767 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time)) | |
13768 | |
25876 | 13769 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\ |
13770 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.") | |
13771 | |
13772 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\ | |
13773 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
13774 This display updates automatically every minute. | |
13775 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
13776 are displayed as well. | |
13777 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
13778 | |
13779 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\ | |
13780 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
13781 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive. | |
13782 | |
13783 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute. | |
13784 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
13785 are displayed as well. | |
13786 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
13787 | |
13788 ;;;*** | |
13789 | |
13790 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" | |
25998 | 13791 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14277 60981)) |
25876 | 13792 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el |
13793 | |
13794 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\ | |
25998 | 13795 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer. |
25876 | 13796 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp |
13797 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file: | |
13798 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) | |
13799 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and | |
13800 look like one of the following: | |
13801 Time-stamp: <> | |
13802 Time-stamp: \" \" | |
13803 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes: | |
13804 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea> | |
13805 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil. | |
13806 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'. | |
25998 | 13807 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end', |
13808 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the | |
13809 template." t nil) | |
25876 | 13810 |
13811 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\ | |
13812 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer. | |
13813 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
13814 | |
13815 ;;;*** | |
13816 | |
13817 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer | |
13818 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer" | |
25998 | 13819 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821)) |
25876 | 13820 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el |
13821 | |
13822 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer)) | |
13823 | |
13824 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\ | |
13825 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil) | |
13826 | |
13827 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\ | |
13828 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil) | |
13829 | |
13830 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\ | |
13831 Perform an action at time TIME. | |
13832 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
13833 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds | |
13834 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT) | |
13835 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. | |
13836 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number. | |
13837 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
13838 | |
13839 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
13840 | |
13841 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\ | |
13842 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds. | |
13843 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
13844 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers. | |
13845 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
13846 | |
13847 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
13848 | |
13849 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
13850 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT. | |
13851 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds. | |
13852 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil) | |
13853 | |
13854 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\ | |
13855 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
13856 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
13857 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number. | |
13858 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
13859 | |
13860 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
13861 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1) | |
13862 | |
13863 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
13864 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up. | |
13865 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one. | |
13866 The call should look like: | |
13867 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...) | |
13868 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external | |
13869 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time); | |
13870 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not | |
13871 be detected." nil (quote macro)) | |
13872 | |
13873 ;;;*** | |
13874 | |
13875 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" | |
25998 | 13876 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800)) |
25876 | 13877 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el |
13878 | |
13879 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
13880 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package. | |
13881 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which | |
13882 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil) | |
13883 | |
13884 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
13885 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
13886 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
13887 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
13888 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to | |
13889 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\". | |
13890 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil) | |
13891 | |
13892 ;;;*** | |
13893 | |
13894 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm" | |
25998 | 13895 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (13700 6780)) |
25876 | 13896 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el |
13897 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar) | |
13898 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar) | |
13899 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse) | |
13900 | |
13901 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\ | |
13902 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
13903 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. | |
13904 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar; | |
13905 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil) | |
13906 | |
13907 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\ | |
13908 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
13909 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar | |
13910 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse. | |
13911 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil) | |
13912 | |
13913 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\ | |
13914 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap. | |
13915 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements | |
13916 in the menu in two ways: | |
13917 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer; | |
13918 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown. | |
13919 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably. | |
13920 | |
13921 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a | |
13922 keymap or an alist of alists. | |
13923 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice. | |
13924 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil) | |
13925 | |
13926 ;;;*** | |
13927 | |
25998 | 13928 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" |
13929 ;;;;;; (14268 20081)) | |
25876 | 13930 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el |
13931 | |
13932 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\ | |
13933 Mode for tooltip display. | |
13934 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil) | |
13935 | |
25998 | 13936 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\ |
13937 Toggle tooltip-mode. | |
13938 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
13939 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.") | |
13940 | |
13941 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13942 | |
13943 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip)) | |
13944 | |
13945 ;;;*** | |
13946 | |
13947 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299 | |
13948 ;;;;;; 63726)) | |
25876 | 13949 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el |
13950 | |
13951 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
13952 | |
13953 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
13954 | |
13955 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\ | |
13956 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil) | |
13957 | |
13958 ;;;*** | |
13959 | |
13960 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) | |
25998 | 13961 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919)) |
25876 | 13962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el |
13963 | |
13964 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
13965 Set scroll margins." t nil) | |
13966 | |
13967 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
13968 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil) | |
13969 | |
13970 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
13971 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil) | |
13972 | |
13973 ;;;*** | |
13974 | |
25998 | 13975 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547)) |
25876 | 13976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el |
13977 | |
13978 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\ | |
13979 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS. | |
13980 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving | |
13981 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected | |
13982 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil) | |
13983 | |
13984 ;;;*** | |
13985 | |
13986 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer) | |
25998 | 13987 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52440)) |
25876 | 13988 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el |
13989 | |
13990 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\ | |
13991 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.") | |
13992 | |
13993 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\ | |
13994 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER. | |
13995 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
13996 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
13997 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
13998 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called. | |
13999 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other | |
14000 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil) | |
14001 | |
14002 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\ | |
14003 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER. | |
14004 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
14005 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
14006 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
14007 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing | |
14008 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil) | |
14009 | |
14010 ;;;*** | |
14011 | |
14012 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column" | |
25998 | 14013 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924)) |
25876 | 14014 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el |
14015 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap) | |
14016 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command) | |
14017 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command) | |
14018 | |
14019 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\ | |
14020 Split current window vertically for two-column editing. | |
14021 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current | |
14022 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ). | |
14023 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer. | |
14024 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer | |
14025 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil) | |
14026 | |
14027 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\ | |
14028 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode. | |
14029 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by | |
14030 accepting the proposed default buffer. | |
14031 | |
14032 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
14033 | |
14034 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\ | |
14035 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode. | |
14036 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that | |
14037 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The | |
14038 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local | |
14039 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both | |
14040 columns remain untouched in the first buffer. | |
14041 | |
14042 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You | |
14043 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.: | |
14044 | |
14045 First column's text sSs Second column's text | |
14046 \\___/\\ | |
14047 / \\ | |
14048 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here. | |
14049 | |
14050 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
14051 | |
14052 ;;;*** | |
14053 | |
14054 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics | |
14055 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold | |
14056 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode) | |
25998 | 14057 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029)) |
25876 | 14058 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el |
14059 | |
14060 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\ | |
14061 Toggle typing break mode. | |
14062 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information. | |
14063 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14064 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.") | |
14065 | |
14066 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14067 | |
14068 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break)) | |
14069 | |
14070 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\ | |
14071 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.") | |
14072 | |
14073 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\ | |
14074 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest. | |
14075 | |
14076 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between | |
14077 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\" | |
14078 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later. | |
14079 | |
14080 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be | |
14081 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.") | |
14082 | |
14083 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\ | |
14084 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break. | |
14085 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX). | |
14086 | |
14087 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been | |
14088 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if | |
14089 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later | |
14090 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil, | |
14091 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has | |
14092 elapsed, the user will always be queried. | |
14093 | |
14094 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered | |
14095 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally | |
14096 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks | |
14097 will occur; only scheduled ones will. | |
14098 | |
14099 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one | |
14100 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them. | |
14101 | |
14102 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to | |
14103 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.") | |
14104 | |
14105 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\ | |
14106 Enable or disable typing-break mode. | |
14107 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default. | |
14108 | |
14109 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at | |
14110 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the | |
14111 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user | |
14112 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask | |
14113 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time | |
14114 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently | |
14115 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely. | |
14116 | |
14117 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. | |
14118 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it. | |
14119 | |
14120 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the | |
14121 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or | |
14122 reset the keystroke counter. | |
14123 | |
14124 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of | |
14125 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to | |
14126 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the | |
14127 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter. | |
14128 | |
14129 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to | |
14130 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly | |
14131 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the | |
14132 `type-break-schedule' command. | |
14133 | |
14134 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum | |
14135 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever | |
14136 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for | |
14137 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break | |
14138 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether | |
14139 or not to continue. | |
14140 | |
14141 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the | |
14142 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use | |
14143 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to | |
14144 approximate good values for this. | |
14145 | |
14146 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about | |
14147 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include: | |
14148 | |
14149 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode' | |
14150 `type-break-time-warning-intervals' | |
14151 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals' | |
14152 `type-break-warning-repeat' | |
14153 `type-break-warning-countdown-string' | |
14154 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type' | |
14155 | |
14156 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin | |
14157 a typing break occur. They include: | |
14158 | |
14159 `type-break-query-mode' | |
14160 `type-break-query-function' | |
14161 `type-break-query-interval' | |
14162 | |
14163 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil) | |
14164 | |
14165 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\ | |
14166 Take a typing break. | |
14167 | |
14168 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in | |
14169 `type-break-demo-functions' is run. | |
14170 | |
14171 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled | |
14172 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil) | |
14173 | |
14174 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\ | |
14175 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer. | |
14176 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is | |
14177 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil) | |
14178 | |
14179 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\ | |
14180 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks. | |
14181 | |
14182 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how | |
14183 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your | |
14184 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it | |
14185 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one | |
14186 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing | |
14187 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate | |
14188 average typing speed.) | |
14189 | |
14190 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold' | |
14191 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average | |
14192 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of | |
14193 the computed maximum threshold. | |
14194 | |
14195 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be | |
14196 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the | |
14197 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold. | |
14198 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of | |
14199 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil) | |
14200 | |
14201 ;;;*** | |
14202 | |
14203 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" | |
25998 | 14204 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817)) |
25876 | 14205 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el |
14206 | |
14207 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\ | |
14208 Underline all nonblank characters in the region. | |
14209 Works by overstriking underscores. | |
14210 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
14211 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
14212 | |
14213 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\ | |
14214 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region. | |
14215 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
14216 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
14217 | |
14218 ;;;*** | |
14219 | |
14220 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message) | |
25998 | 14221 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (13475 35727)) |
25876 | 14222 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el |
14223 | |
14224 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
14225 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages. | |
14226 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil) | |
14227 | |
14228 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
14229 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message. | |
14230 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message | |
14231 following the containing message." t nil) | |
14232 | |
14233 ;;;*** | |
14234 | |
14235 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" | |
25998 | 14236 ;;;;;; (13229 29740)) |
25876 | 14237 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el |
14238 | |
14239 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
14240 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format. | |
14241 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments. | |
14242 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name | |
14243 is made by adding `.mail' at the end. | |
14244 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil) | |
14245 | |
14246 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
14247 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil) | |
14248 | |
14249 ;;;*** | |
14250 | |
14251 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) | |
26899 | 14252 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399)) |
25876 | 14253 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el |
14254 | |
14255 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\ | |
14256 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT. | |
14257 This function has a choice of three things to do: | |
26724 | 14258 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT)) |
25876 | 14259 to refrain from editing the file |
14260 return t (grab the lock on the file) | |
14261 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked). | |
14262 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives | |
14263 in any way you like." nil nil) | |
14264 | |
14265 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\ | |
14266 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do. | |
14267 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification | |
14268 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)), | |
14269 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made. | |
14270 | |
14271 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. | |
14272 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil) | |
14273 | |
14274 ;;;*** | |
14275 | |
14276 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file | |
14277 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot | |
14278 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge | |
14279 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register | |
14280 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook | |
26724 | 14281 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14406 |
14282 ;;;;;; 32852)) | |
25876 | 14283 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el |
14284 | |
14285 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
14286 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done. | |
14287 See `run-hooks'.") | |
14288 | |
14289 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
14290 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in. | |
14291 See `run-hooks'.") | |
14292 | |
14293 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\ | |
14294 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.") | |
14295 | |
14296 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
14297 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary. | |
14298 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string). | |
14299 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within | |
14300 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by | |
14301 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro)) | |
14302 | |
14303 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
14304 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT. | |
14305 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it. | |
14306 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro)) | |
14307 | |
14308 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\ | |
14309 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file. | |
14310 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked, | |
14311 it will operate on the file in the current line. | |
14312 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more | |
14313 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on | |
14314 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register | |
14315 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted | |
14316 lock steals will raise an error. | |
14317 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use. | |
14318 | |
14319 For RCS and SCCS files: | |
14320 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
14321 control. | |
14322 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out | |
14323 a writable and locked file ready for editing. | |
14324 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this | |
14325 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not, | |
14326 it performs a revert. | |
14327 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry | |
14328 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the | |
14329 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If | |
14330 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a | |
14331 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards. | |
14332 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given | |
14333 the option to steal the lock. | |
14334 | |
14335 For CVS files: | |
14336 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
14337 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\". | |
14338 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed. | |
14339 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is | |
14340 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the | |
14341 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along | |
14342 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained. | |
14343 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to | |
14344 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil) | |
14345 | |
14346 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\ | |
14347 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil) | |
14348 | |
14349 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\ | |
14350 Display diffs between file versions. | |
14351 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent | |
14352 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. | |
14353 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use | |
14354 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil) | |
14355 | |
14356 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\ | |
14357 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window. | |
14358 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'. | |
14359 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil) | |
14360 | |
14361 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\ | |
14362 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system. | |
14363 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from | |
14364 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil) | |
14365 | |
14366 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil) | |
14367 | |
14368 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\ | |
14369 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer. | |
14370 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil) | |
14371 | |
14372 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil) | |
14373 | |
14374 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
14375 Make a snapshot called NAME. | |
14376 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current | |
14377 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest | |
14378 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil) | |
14379 | |
14380 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
14381 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty. | |
14382 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below | |
14383 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are | |
14384 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME. | |
14385 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently | |
14386 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil) | |
14387 | |
14388 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\ | |
14389 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil) | |
14390 | |
14391 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\ | |
14392 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on. | |
14393 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical | |
14394 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not | |
14395 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file; | |
14396 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil) | |
14397 | |
14398 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\ | |
14399 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file. | |
14400 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil) | |
14401 | |
14402 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\ | |
14403 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil) | |
14404 | |
14405 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\ | |
14406 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs. | |
14407 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default | |
14408 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially. | |
14409 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log. | |
14410 | |
14411 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file. | |
14412 | |
14413 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited | |
14414 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the | |
14415 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate. | |
14416 | |
14417 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are | |
14418 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the | |
14419 default directory." t nil) | |
14420 | |
14421 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\ | |
14422 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors. | |
14423 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue. | |
14424 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale. | |
14425 | |
14426 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the | |
14427 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and | |
14428 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to | |
14429 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil) | |
14430 | |
14431 ;;;*** | |
14432 | |
14433 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" | |
26899 | 14434 ;;;;;; (14385 23382)) |
25876 | 14435 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el |
14436 | |
14437 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\ | |
14438 Major mode for editing VHDL code. | |
14439 | |
14440 Usage: | |
14441 ------ | |
14442 | |
14443 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and | |
14444 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated | |
14445 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory) | |
14446 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are | |
14447 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. | |
14448 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is | |
14449 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'. | |
14450 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template | |
14451 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be | |
14452 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable | |
14453 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
14454 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline. | |
14455 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by | |
14456 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e. | |
14457 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'. | |
14458 The following abbreviations can also be used: | |
14459 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var. | |
14460 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric' | |
14461 (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
14462 | |
14463 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A | |
14464 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by | |
14465 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'. | |
14466 | |
14467 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax | |
14468 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by | |
14469 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in | |
14470 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are: | |
14471 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment | |
14472 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code | |
14473 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line | |
14474 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment | |
14475 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\" | |
14476 | |
14477 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL | |
14478 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts | |
14479 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions. | |
14480 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts). | |
14481 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized | |
14482 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard | |
14483 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\" | |
14484 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\"). | |
14485 | |
14486 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning | |
14487 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator | |
14488 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop. | |
14489 | |
14490 - COMMENTS: | |
14491 `--' puts a single comment. | |
14492 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments. | |
14493 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a | |
14494 comment in between. | |
14495 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out | |
14496 following lines. | |
14497 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out, | |
14498 uncomments a region if already commented out. | |
14499 | |
14500 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals, | |
14501 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications | |
14502 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are | |
14503 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and | |
14504 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil. | |
14505 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are | |
14506 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to | |
14507 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a | |
14508 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment | |
14509 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills | |
14510 multi-line comments. | |
14511 | |
14512 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. | |
14513 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'. | |
14514 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable | |
14515 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region | |
14516 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally | |
14517 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable | |
14518 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, | |
14519 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow | |
14520 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa. | |
14521 | |
14522 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline | |
14523 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group | |
14524 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an | |
14525 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code | |
14526 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns | |
14527 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region. | |
14528 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable | |
14529 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil. | |
14530 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols | |
14531 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated. | |
14532 | |
14533 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component | |
14534 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and | |
14535 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding | |
14536 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual | |
14537 parameters, and as a test bench (menu). | |
14538 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened | |
14539 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual | |
14540 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be | |
14541 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'. | |
14542 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates | |
14543 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and | |
14544 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'. | |
14545 See customization group `vhdl-port'. | |
14546 | |
14547 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION. | |
14548 | |
14549 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in | |
14550 menu). | |
14551 | |
14552 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu. | |
14553 | |
14554 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. | |
14555 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if | |
14556 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil. | |
14557 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and | |
14558 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'. | |
14559 | |
14560 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the | |
14561 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current | |
14562 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see | |
14563 variable `vhdl-project-alist'). | |
14564 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the | |
14565 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar. | |
14566 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their | |
14567 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and | |
14568 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu. | |
14569 | |
14570 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a | |
14571 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or | |
14572 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file | |
14573 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be | |
14574 specified. | |
14575 | |
14576 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can | |
14577 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible | |
14578 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to | |
14579 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu | |
14580 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing | |
14581 the current directory for VHDL source files. | |
14582 | |
14583 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed | |
14584 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is | |
14585 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed | |
14586 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command, | |
14587 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers | |
14588 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable | |
14589 `vhdl-compiler-options'. | |
14590 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command | |
14591 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists. | |
14592 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also | |
14593 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'. | |
14594 | |
14595 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable | |
14596 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, | |
14597 Math Packages. | |
14598 | |
14599 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, | |
14600 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable | |
14601 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower | |
14602 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types, | |
14603 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types, | |
14604 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu) | |
14605 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables | |
14606 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'. | |
14607 | |
14608 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes, | |
14609 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable | |
14610 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template | |
14611 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, | |
14612 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well | |
14613 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil. | |
14614 | |
14615 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that | |
14616 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or | |
14617 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable | |
14618 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as | |
14619 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil. | |
14620 | |
14621 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and | |
14622 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable | |
14623 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some | |
14624 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other | |
14625 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually. | |
14626 | |
14627 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to | |
14628 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only | |
14629 highlighted if written in lower case. | |
14630 | |
14631 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted | |
14632 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' | |
14633 is non-nil. | |
14634 | |
14635 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'. | |
14636 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group | |
14637 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]'). | |
14638 | |
14639 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made | |
14640 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword | |
14641 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'. | |
14642 | |
14643 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the | |
14644 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable | |
14645 `vhdl-hideshow-menu'). | |
14646 | |
14647 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of | |
14648 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors | |
14649 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs | |
14650 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines | |
14651 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The | |
14652 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to | |
14653 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers. | |
14654 | |
14655 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize' | |
14656 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). | |
14657 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in | |
14658 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e. | |
14659 site-wide, read the INSTALL file). | |
14660 | |
14661 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are | |
14662 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\", | |
14663 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'): | |
14664 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
14665 | |
14666 - HINTS: | |
14667 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs. | |
14668 | |
14669 | |
14670 Maintenance: | |
14671 ------------ | |
14672 | |
14673 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode. | |
14674 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case. | |
14675 | |
14676 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
14677 | |
14678 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases. | |
14679 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases. | |
14680 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above | |
14681 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
14682 | |
14683 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page | |
14684 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest | |
14685 version and release notes can be found. | |
14686 | |
14687 | |
14688 Bugs and Limitations: | |
14689 --------------------- | |
14690 | |
14691 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow. | |
14692 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS). | |
14693 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs. | |
14694 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs. | |
14695 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers | |
14696 does not work under XEmacs. | |
14697 | |
14698 | |
14699 The VHDL Mode Maintainers | |
14700 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby | |
14701 | |
14702 Key bindings: | |
14703 ------------- | |
14704 | |
14705 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14706 | |
14707 ;;;*** | |
14708 | |
25998 | 14709 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773)) |
25876 | 14710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el |
14711 | |
14712 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\ | |
14713 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor. | |
14714 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely, | |
14715 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs. | |
14716 | |
14717 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands. | |
14718 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input | |
14719 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode. | |
14720 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using) | |
14721 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned. | |
14722 | |
14723 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again. | |
14724 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key. | |
14725 | |
14726 Major differences between this mode and real vi : | |
14727 | |
14728 * Limitations and unsupported features | |
14729 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are | |
14730 not supported. | |
14731 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints. | |
14732 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature. | |
14733 | |
14734 * Modifications | |
14735 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary, | |
14736 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'. | |
14737 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching. | |
14738 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need | |
14739 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed | |
14740 for undoing a repeated change command. | |
14741 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr | |
14742 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too. | |
14743 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen. | |
14744 | |
14745 * Extensions | |
14746 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as | |
14747 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros. | |
14748 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to | |
14749 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs. | |
14750 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g. | |
14751 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def', | |
14752 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy. | |
14753 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly. | |
14754 | |
14755 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil) | |
14756 | |
14757 ;;;*** | |
14758 | |
14759 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion | |
14760 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer | |
14761 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char) | |
25998 | 14762 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275)) |
25876 | 14763 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el |
14764 | |
14765 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\ | |
14766 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
14767 | |
14768 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\ | |
14769 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil) | |
14770 | |
14771 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
14772 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters. | |
14773 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
14774 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
14775 | |
14776 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
14777 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil) | |
14778 | |
14779 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
14780 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics. | |
14781 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
14782 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
14783 | |
14784 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
14785 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil) | |
14786 | |
14787 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
14788 | |
14789 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
14790 | |
14791 ;;;*** | |
14792 | |
14793 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame | |
14794 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame | |
25998 | 14795 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14256 |
14796 ;;;;;; 21984)) | |
25876 | 14797 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el |
14798 | |
14799 (defvar view-mode nil "\ | |
14800 Non-nil if View mode is enabled. | |
14801 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the | |
14802 functions that enable or disable view mode.") | |
14803 | |
14804 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode)) | |
14805 | |
14806 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\ | |
14807 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
14808 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14809 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14810 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14811 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14812 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14813 | |
14814 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14815 | |
14816 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\ | |
14817 View FILE in View mode in another window. | |
14818 Return that window to its previous buffer when done. | |
14819 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14820 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14821 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14822 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14823 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14824 | |
14825 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14826 | |
14827 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
14828 View FILE in View mode in another frame. | |
14829 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done. | |
14830 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14831 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14832 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14833 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14834 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14835 | |
14836 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14837 | |
14838 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\ | |
14839 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
14840 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14841 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14842 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14843 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14844 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14845 | |
14846 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
14847 | |
14848 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
14849 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
14850 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
14851 | |
14852 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\ | |
14853 View BUFFER in View mode in another window. | |
14854 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
14855 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14856 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14857 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14858 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14859 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14860 | |
14861 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
14862 | |
14863 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
14864 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
14865 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
14866 | |
14867 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
14868 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame. | |
14869 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
14870 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
14871 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
14872 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
14873 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
14874 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14875 | |
14876 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
14877 | |
14878 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
14879 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
14880 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
14881 | |
14882 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\ | |
14883 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it. | |
14884 With arg, turn View mode on iff arg is positive. | |
14885 | |
14886 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual. | |
14887 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands | |
14888 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is | |
14889 read-only. | |
14890 \\<view-mode-map> | |
14891 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix | |
14892 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole | |
14893 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to | |
14894 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search | |
14895 commands default to a repeat count of one. | |
14896 | |
14897 H, h, ? This message. | |
14898 Digits provide prefix arguments. | |
14899 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument. | |
14900 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer. | |
14901 > move to the end of buffer. | |
14902 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window. | |
14903 SPC scroll forward prefix (default \"page size\") lines. | |
14904 DEL scroll backward prefix (default \"page size\") lines. | |
14905 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] except prefix sets \"page size\". | |
14906 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] except prefix sets \"page size\". | |
14907 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines. | |
14908 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines. | |
14909 RET, LFD scroll forward prefix (default one) line(s). | |
14910 y scroll backward prefix (default one) line(s). | |
14911 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward. | |
14912 Use this to view a changing file. | |
14913 \\[what-line] prints the current line number. | |
14914 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer. | |
14915 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line). | |
14916 . set the mark. | |
14917 x exchanges point and mark. | |
14918 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring. | |
14919 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when | |
14920 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end. | |
14921 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register. | |
14922 ' go to position saved in character register. | |
14923 s do forward incremental search. | |
14924 r do reverse incremental search. | |
14925 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page. | |
14926 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp. | |
14927 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start | |
14928 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer. | |
14929 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page. | |
14930 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression. | |
14931 p searches backward for last regular expression. | |
14932 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state. | |
14933 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode. | |
14934 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started | |
14935 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it. | |
14936 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable. | |
14937 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state. | |
14938 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer. | |
14939 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer. | |
14940 | |
14941 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was | |
14942 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame (\\[view-file], | |
14943 \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the | |
14944 current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer as is done by | |
14945 View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, View-file, | |
14946 View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[view-leave] , \\[view-quit] and \\[view-kill-and-leave] will return | |
14947 to that buffer. | |
14948 | |
14949 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14950 | |
14951 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\ | |
14952 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments. | |
14953 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist | |
14954 `view-return-to-alist'. | |
14955 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'. | |
14956 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument. | |
14957 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'. | |
14958 | |
14959 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or | |
14960 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO). | |
14961 WINDOW is a window used for viewing. | |
14962 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing. | |
14963 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of: | |
14964 1) nil Do nothing. | |
14965 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame. | |
14966 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text | |
14967 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW. | |
14968 4) quit-window Do quit-window in WINDOW. | |
14969 | |
14970 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
14971 | |
14972 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
14973 | |
14974 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\ | |
14975 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil) | |
14976 | |
14977 ;;;*** | |
14978 | |
25998 | 14979 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703)) |
25876 | 14980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el |
14981 | |
14982 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\ | |
14983 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil) | |
14984 | |
14985 ;;;*** | |
14986 | |
14987 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el" | |
26724 | 14988 ;;;;;; (14367 2196)) |
25876 | 14989 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el |
14990 | |
14991 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
14992 Toggle Viper on/off. | |
26724 | 14993 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil) |
25876 | 14994 |
14995 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
14996 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil) | |
14997 | |
14998 ;;;*** | |
14999 | |
25998 | 15000 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "webjump.el" (14223 54012)) |
25876 | 15001 ;;; Generated autoloads from webjump.el |
15002 | |
15003 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\ | |
15004 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist. | |
15005 | |
15006 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the | |
15007 hotlist. | |
15008 | |
15009 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke | |
15010 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil) | |
15011 | |
15012 ;;;*** | |
15013 | |
15014 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func" | |
25998 | 15015 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928)) |
25876 | 15016 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el |
15017 | |
15018 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\ | |
15019 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally. | |
15020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
15021 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.") | |
15022 | |
15023 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable)) | |
15024 | |
15025 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func)) | |
15026 | |
15027 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode)) | |
15028 | |
15029 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\ | |
15030 Toggle Which Function mode, globally. | |
15031 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is | |
15032 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes. | |
15033 | |
15034 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive, | |
15035 and off otherwise." t nil) | |
15036 | |
15037 ;;;*** | |
15038 | |
25998 | 15039 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region |
15040 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" | |
26899 | 15041 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14364 19255)) |
25998 | 15042 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el |
15043 | |
15044 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\ | |
15045 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer: | |
15046 | |
15047 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
15048 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
15049 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS). | |
15050 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
15051 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
15052 | |
15053 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file | |
15054 and: | |
15055 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or | |
15056 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil) | |
15057 | |
15058 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
15059 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil) | |
15060 | |
15061 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\ | |
15062 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems. | |
15063 | |
15064 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the | |
15065 whitespace problems." t nil) | |
15066 | |
15067 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
15068 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil) | |
15069 | |
15070 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\ | |
15071 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them. | |
15072 | |
15073 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types | |
15074 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code. | |
15075 | |
15076 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
15077 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
15078 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be | |
15079 replaced with TABS). | |
15080 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
15081 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
15082 | |
15083 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline. | |
15084 | |
26724 | 15085 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace, |
15086 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of: | |
25998 | 15087 |
15088 e - End-of-Line whitespace. | |
15089 i - Indentation whitespace. | |
15090 l - Leading whitespace. | |
15091 s - Space followed by Tab. | |
15092 t - Trailing whitespace. | |
15093 | |
15094 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a | |
26724 | 15095 !<y>. |
25998 | 15096 |
15097 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most | |
15098 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even | |
15099 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost | |
15100 always they default to 8.) | |
15101 | |
15102 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to | |
15103 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or | |
15104 even print it. | |
15105 | |
15106 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like | |
15107 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you | |
15108 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these | |
15109 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs | |
15110 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your | |
15111 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between | |
15112 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them | |
15113 to set smarttab.) | |
15114 | |
15115 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and | |
15116 merge problems. | |
15117 | |
15118 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and | |
15119 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any | |
15120 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil) | |
15121 | |
15122 ;;;*** | |
15123 | |
25876 | 15124 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse |
25998 | 15125 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813)) |
25876 | 15126 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el |
15127 | |
15128 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\ | |
15129 Browse the widget under point." t nil) | |
15130 | |
15131 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\ | |
15132 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil) | |
15133 | |
15134 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\ | |
15135 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil) | |
15136 | |
15137 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\ | |
15138 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets. | |
15139 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
15140 | |
15141 ;;;*** | |
15142 | |
15143 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value) | |
26899 | 15144 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14376 9418)) |
25876 | 15145 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el |
15146 | |
15147 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\ | |
15148 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT. | |
15149 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil) | |
15150 | |
15151 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\ | |
15152 Create widget of TYPE. | |
15153 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil) | |
15154 | |
15155 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\ | |
15156 Delete WIDGET." nil nil) | |
15157 | |
15158 ;;;*** | |
15159 | |
15160 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" | |
25998 | 15161 ;;;;;; (14304 12320)) |
25876 | 15162 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el |
15163 | |
15164 (defvar winner-mode nil "\ | |
15165 Toggle winner-mode. | |
15166 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
15167 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.") | |
15168 | |
15169 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
15170 | |
15171 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner)) | |
15172 | |
15173 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\ | |
15174 Toggle Winner mode. | |
15175 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
15176 | |
15177 ;;;*** | |
15178 | |
15179 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" | |
25998 | 15180 ;;;;;; (13415 51576)) |
25876 | 15181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el |
15182 | |
15183 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\ | |
15184 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings. | |
15185 | |
15186 BUGS: | |
15187 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help) | |
15188 are not implemented | |
15189 - Options for search and replace | |
15190 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange | |
15191 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction | |
15192 | |
15193 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work | |
15194 Emacs-like. | |
15195 | |
15196 The key bindings are: | |
15197 | |
15198 C-a backward-word | |
15199 C-b fill-paragraph | |
15200 C-c scroll-up-line | |
15201 C-d forward-char | |
15202 C-e previous-line | |
15203 C-f forward-word | |
15204 C-g delete-char | |
15205 C-h backward-char | |
15206 C-i indent-for-tab-command | |
15207 C-j help-for-help | |
15208 C-k ordstar-C-k-map | |
15209 C-l ws-repeat-search | |
15210 C-n open-line | |
15211 C-p quoted-insert | |
15212 C-r scroll-down-line | |
15213 C-s backward-char | |
15214 C-t kill-word | |
15215 C-u keyboard-quit | |
15216 C-v overwrite-mode | |
15217 C-w scroll-down | |
15218 C-x next-line | |
15219 C-y kill-complete-line | |
15220 C-z scroll-up | |
15221 | |
15222 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0 | |
15223 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1 | |
15224 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2 | |
15225 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3 | |
15226 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4 | |
15227 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5 | |
15228 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6 | |
15229 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7 | |
15230 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8 | |
15231 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9 | |
15232 C-k b ws-begin-block | |
15233 C-k c ws-copy-block | |
15234 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs | |
15235 C-k f find-file | |
15236 C-k h ws-show-markers | |
15237 C-k i ws-indent-block | |
15238 C-k k ws-end-block | |
15239 C-k p ws-print-block | |
15240 C-k q kill-emacs | |
15241 C-k r insert-file | |
15242 C-k s save-some-buffers | |
15243 C-k t ws-mark-word | |
15244 C-k u ws-exdent-block | |
15245 C-k C-u keyboard-quit | |
15246 C-k v ws-move-block | |
15247 C-k w ws-write-block | |
15248 C-k x kill-emacs | |
15249 C-k y ws-delete-block | |
15250 | |
15251 C-o c wordstar-center-line | |
15252 C-o b switch-to-buffer | |
15253 C-o j justify-current-line | |
15254 C-o k kill-buffer | |
15255 C-o l list-buffers | |
15256 C-o m auto-fill-mode | |
15257 C-o r set-fill-column | |
15258 C-o C-u keyboard-quit | |
15259 C-o wd delete-other-windows | |
15260 C-o wh split-window-horizontally | |
15261 C-o wo other-window | |
15262 C-o wv split-window-vertically | |
15263 | |
15264 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0 | |
15265 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1 | |
15266 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2 | |
15267 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3 | |
15268 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4 | |
15269 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5 | |
15270 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6 | |
15271 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7 | |
15272 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8 | |
15273 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9 | |
15274 C-q a ws-query-replace | |
15275 C-q b ws-to-block-begin | |
15276 C-q c end-of-buffer | |
15277 C-q d end-of-line | |
15278 C-q f ws-search | |
15279 C-q k ws-to-block-end | |
15280 C-q l ws-undo | |
15281 C-q p ws-last-cursorp | |
15282 C-q r beginning-of-buffer | |
15283 C-q C-u keyboard-quit | |
15284 C-q w ws-last-error | |
15285 C-q y ws-kill-eol | |
15286 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol | |
15287 " t nil) | |
15288 | |
15289 ;;;*** | |
15290 | |
15291 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (13929 | |
15292 ;;;;;; 31262)) | |
15293 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el | |
15294 | |
15295 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\ | |
15296 Toggle XTerm mouse mode. | |
15297 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive. | |
15298 | |
15299 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil) | |
15300 | |
15301 ;;;*** | |
15302 | |
15303 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism | |
25998 | 15304 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571)) |
25876 | 15305 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el |
15306 | |
15307 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\ | |
15308 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil) | |
15309 | |
15310 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\ | |
15311 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil) | |
15312 | |
15313 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\ | |
15314 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP. | |
15315 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil) | |
15316 | |
15317 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\ | |
15318 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil) | |
15319 | |
15320 ;;;*** | |
15321 | |
15322 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" | |
25998 | 15323 ;;;;;; "zone-mode.el" (13674 20513)) |
25876 | 15324 ;;; Generated autoloads from zone-mode.el |
15325 | |
15326 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\ | |
15327 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil) | |
15328 | |
25998 | 15329 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\ |
15330 A mode for editing DNS zone files. | |
15331 | |
15332 Zone-mode does two things: | |
15333 | |
15334 - automatically update the serial number for a zone | |
15335 when saving the file | |
15336 | |
15337 - fontification" t nil) | |
25876 | 15338 |
15339 ;;;*** | |
15340 | |
15341 ;;; Don't make backup versions of this file - most of it is generated | |
15342 ;;; automatically by autoload.el, and what isn't changes rarely. | |
15343 ;;; Local Variables: | |
15344 ;;; version-control: never | |
15345 ;;; no-byte-compile: t | |
15346 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t | |
15347 ;;; End: | |
15348 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here |